PE 1144 




LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



00003=^6525 



* * ' ^% * <■ ° '^ % o, 4* ••■*»•♦ I 















4 <* v v^-.V c° v 












. "O. AT *>^9&>W' tC «. »»S.^.» «£» ■ ,*4 











«• ^ 




^/*^V °**^-'* ' ^'•^•'-c 



^ 4^ ** 




•. v. 



^^ * 



'• ^ 4^ 






5 liiw' 




\ 

















^ 

^ »«•• 







V*' 







THE 



STUDENT'S SPELLING-BOOK 

CONTAINS ABOUT 

TWENTY-THREE THOUSAND WORDS, 



NEARLY ALL THE WORDS IN COMMON USE IN THE 
ENGLISH LANGUAGE, 

SO ARRANGED AS TO FORM AN EASY METHOD OF TEACHING 

THE CORRECT SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION, 

AND, AT THE SAME TIME, 

THE TRUE SIGNIFICATION OF WORDS ; 

AND SUCH IS THE CLASSIFICATION, THAT BY LEARNING 
TO SPELL AND DEFINE 

ONE THOUSAND WORDS, 

THE PUPIL WILL OBTAIN A KNOWLEDGE OF ABOUT 

THREE THOUSAND, 

AND THUS RECEIVE AN INCREASE UPON HIS LABORS OF 

TWO HUNDRED PER CENT., 
BY THE USE OF THIS WORK. 

THE SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ORTHOGRA- 
PHY AND ORTHOEPY OF THE GREAT AMERICAN LEXICOGRAPHER, 

NOAH WEBSTER, LL. D. 

[See Preface ; also pages 42, 43, 64, &c] 



-» 



STUDENT'S SPELLING-BOOK, 

DESIGNED TO TEACH 

THE ORTHOGRAPHY AND ORTHOEPY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE, 
AS CONTAINED IN WEBSTER'S AMERICAN DICTIONARY ; 




EMBRACING SUCH A CLASSIFICATION AS TO FORM AN EASY, AC- 
CURATE AND CONCISE METHOD OF TEACHING.. THE COR- 
RECT SPELLING AND PRONUNCIATION, AND 
TRUE SIGNIFICATION OF WORDS. - ~ 



BY K s. denman; 

AUTHOR OF :C THE STUDENT'S PRIMER." ;; STUDENT'S SPEAKER," &C. 



NEW-YORK: 
PRATT, WOODFORD & CO., 

NO. 4, CORTLANDT-STREET. 



V 



W^>^r ^ %& & ^ ^£ p 






£ . 






Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1850, by 

J. S; DENMAN, 

in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States 

for the Southern District of New- York. 



C. A. ALVORD, PRINTER, j. p. JONES, &. Co., STEREOTYPERS, 

•29 & 31 Gold-stkeet 183 William-street. 






PREFACE 



In publishing a new Spelling-Book, the Author considers it a 
duty to state, briefly, the reasons which have induced him to add 
another Elementary School Book to the extensive list already be- 
fore the public. 

For many years, parents and teachers have felt the necessity 
of giving to children, during the earliest part of their education, 
some just idea of the signification of words, and to meet that de- 
mand, Spelling-Books have been published with columns of syn- 
onyms, where one word is used to define another * but as those 
works failed to satisfy the public desire, Class-Books in Etymolo- 
gy, Analyzers, &c, in which the prefixes and suffixes are classified 
and defined, have been published to succeed the Spelling-Book. 

Notwithstanding this multiplication of books, there has been a 
continual call for some single work, containing such a classifica- 
tion as would furnish an easy method of teaching the correct spell- 
ing and pronunciation, and, at the same time, the true import of 
words. 

In the opinion of many of the most competent judges — eminent 
teachers, who have been consulted by the Author — The Student's 
Speller contains the classification which has been so long and 
urgently called for, and is now first presented to the public. 

Notwithstanding the remarkable simplicity of this classifica- 
tion, it is such that by learning to spell and define five thousand 
words, the pupil will obtain a knowledge of the spelling and sig- 
nification of about fifteen thousand. The correctness of this state- 
ment will be readily admitted by any one who will turn to the 
sixty-fourth page, and consider the following suggestions. 
i a 



m ^ — — ■ — ~ j 

vi PREFACE. 

Let the pupil learn to spell and define the forty-three words 
printed in the first lesson on that page, and then the eighty-six de- 
rivatives formed by the addition of ed and ing, the suffixes at the 
head of the page. 

The analogy which exists in the formation of derivative words 
is so complete, that by learning to spell and define any additional 
number of primitive words, which form derivatives by the annexa- 
tion of the same suffixes, the pupil will obtain a knowledge of all 
the derivative words thus formed. The same may be said of the 
derivatives formed by the use of other suffixes. Thus, by learning 
to spell and define one word, the pupil obtains a knowledge of the 
spelling and signification of three, which is a gain of two hundred 
per cent., and makes The Student's Speller of proportionately 
greater value to the learner, than the spelling books heretofore 
published, in which every word must be studied and learned by 
itself. 

The fact that Webster's Dictionary, Unabridged, is obtain- 
ing a wide and rapidly increasing circulation, and is henceforth to 
be regarded as the standard in this country, seemed to require the 
publication of a Spelling-Book to teach the orthography and ortho- 
epy of the language as contained in that work, (as many changes 
have taken place in the language since the publication of the Ele- 
mentary and other spelling-books,) and it is confidently believed 
that the publication of this work will supply that demand. 

THE AUTHOR. 

New- York, Sept. 1850. 



*- — 

THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



SE CTION I. 

Language. — Its Elements, &c. 

Any medium by which persons and animals express their ideas, 
thoughts, feelings and emotions, is termed language. Language 
consists of sounds and signs. 

The language of sounds is addressed to the ear, and is termed 
vocal language. The vocal language of man is termed articulate ; 
that of brutes inarticulate. 

The language of signs is addressed to the eye. and is named 
in accordance with the nature of the signs. When used in writ- 
ing and printing it is called written language. 

The vocal English language contains about forty elementary 
sounds, which are represented in the written language by the 
twenty-six characters or letters constituting The English Al- 
phabet. 

The sounds in the English language are divided into three 
classes, termed vocal, sub-vocal, and aspirate sounds ) and the let- 
ters which represent them are called vocals, (or vowels,) sub*vo- 
cals and aspirates. 

The vocal sounds proceed from the larynx and are uttered 
with open organs ] the sub-vocals come from the larynx, but in 
uttering them the organs are either closed or nearly closed, and 
the sounds are essentially modified by the organs of speech — the 
palate, tongue, teeth and lips. The aspirate sounds are formed 
by a forcible exhalation, modified by the organs of speech. 

There are fourteen vocal sounds numbering from first to four- 



i _ — h 

8 THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 

teenth, as represented by a, e 3 i\ o, and u in the words ale, arm, 
all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. 

There are fifteen sub-vocal sounds, numbering from first to 
fifteenth, as represented by b, d, g, /, /, m, n, r, v, w, 3/, z, ng, 
and £/&, in the words bud, leg, jet, Zirae, nor, live, wet, i/et, adz, 
azure, sing, this. 

There are ten aspirate sounds, numbering from first to tenth. 
as represented by /, h, Jc, p, s, t , c&, sh, th and Wi, in the words if, 
Ae, &eep, sit, rich, fish, thin, ivhen.^ 

Two vocal sounds united in one syllable are termed diphthongal 
sounds, and the combined letters representing those sounds are 
called diphthongs ; as oi in coil, oy in boy, ou in loud, ow in now, 
and oy in buoy (boo i) . 

The union of two or more letters to represent but one sound 
is termed & combination, as ea in heat, ee in feet, eau in beau, ch 
in rich, ng in sing, ti in nation, ce in ocean, &c. 

Note. — It is not expected that young pupils will memorize the preceding de- 
finitions and explanations. They are intended for the use of teachers and advanced 
classes of pupils. The latter may study them to advantage in connection with the 
analysis of words, as illustrated on page 14, which is a valuable exercise for those 
who desire to become familiar with the elements of the language. The following 
questions are designed for the use of such pupils. 

Questions. — What is language? Of what does language con- 
sist ? To what is the language of sounds addressed, and what is 
it termed ? What are the vocal languages of men and brutes 
termed ? To what is the language of signs addressed ? When 
used in printing and writing what is it called ? How many ele- 
mentary sounds does the vocal English language contain ? By 
what are those sounds represented in the written language ? Into 
how many classes are the elementary sounds divided, and what 
names are given to those classes ? What are the letters called 
which represent each class of sounds ? How are the vocal sounds 
formed? The sub -vocal ? The aspirate? How many vocal 
sounds are there ? Give them in their order. How many sub- 
vocal sounds are there ? Give them in their order. How many 
aspirate sounds are there ? Give them in their order. What is 
the union of two vocal sounds in one syllable termed? What 
term is applied -0 the union of two or more letters to represent 
one sound? 

* It will be observed that the author represents thirty-nine elementary sounds in 
the English language. Some believe there are not as many, and others think there 
are more. 



£ _ __ 

THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



Characters Used to Designate Sounds, Accent, &c. 

This mark ( y ) denotes the accented syllable, as no'ble, hum'- 
ble, a bide 7 , re pel'. When placed over a syllable, the words 
which follow have the same syllable accented until otherwise 
indicated. The figures and numbers from 1 to 14 are used in the 
spelling lessons of this work to indicate the vocal sounds. 1 in- 
dicates the first vocal sound. 2 the second, 3 the third, &c, — 14 
indicating the fourteenth. When a figure or number is placed 
over a word or syllable, the vocals, (or vowels.) in the accented 
syllables of the words which follow have the sound thus denoted 
until another sound is indicated. 

The italic g denotes the fourth sub-vocal sound, as heard in 
jet. gem. 

Th in italic represents the fifteenth sub-vocal sound, as heard 
in this, h&the. 

The italic c and ch denote the third aspirate sound, as heard 
in &ite, cat, nec'tar, chord, &che. 

S in italic denotes the twelfth sub-vocal sound, as heard in 
acLz, his. 

The Roman x represents the third and fifth aspirate sounds, as 
heard in tax, (taks) ; in italic it denotes the third and twelfth 
sub-vocal sounds, as heard in exact, exalt: (egz act', egz alt'). 

The italic n indicates the fourteenth sub-vocal sound, as heard 
in sing, sink, anger, : (singk, ang' ger.) 

The third and eighth vocal sounds combined, are represented 
by ox and oy, as heard in coil, boy; the second and fourteenth are 
represented by ou and ow, as heard in loud, now ■ and the tenth 
and eighth are represented by oy, as heard in buoy, (booi). 

sometimes represents the tenth sub-vocal sound, as heard in 
choir, (kwire,) and in a few instances the tenth sub-vocal, and 
thirteenth vocal sounds, as heard in one, once, (wun, wuns). 

A syllable is one sound or letter, as o ; or a union of sounds 
or letters which may be uttered by a single impulse of the voice, 
as boy. A word is composed of one syllable, or more • as, faith, 
faithful. A phrase is composed of two or more words; as, 
pleasant children. A sentence contains a union of words form- 
ing complete sense • as, pleasant children have many friends. 
tt ■ ; 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



Table of Sounds. 

The following table represents the thirty-nine elementary 
sounds in the language. The left hand column contains the figure 
indicating the number of the sound; the second column con- 
tains the letter or letters which are usually considered its natural 
representative; and the words opposite contain the letters and 
combinations in italic which sometimes represent that sound. 

It would be well for every teacher to practice pronouncing the 
first column of words, commencing with ale. arm, all, &c, and 
then dropping the other letters pronounce the vocal sounds in 
their order. He may then teach them to all his pupils, with ease, 
by representing them on the blackboard, and having the school 
repeat them in concert. The pupils should subsequently be 
taught, in the same, or a similar way, to give the sub-vocal and 
aspirate sounds. They should then be taught to spell words by 
giving their elementary sounds. 

VOCALS. 

1. a — ale, care, fair, hear, pain, there, rem, they, ray. 

2. a — arm, farm, car, pass, aunt, flaunt, heart, hearth. 

3. a — all, war, ca^l, naiv, for, broad, bought, fraud. 

4. a — at, hat, that, bat, rat, happy, chatter, manly. 

5. e — me, fee, sea, he, pzque, ravine, grief, ceil, key. 

6. e — met, men, shed, head, feof, heifer, many, b^ry. 

7. i — ice, nzght, whiten, pze, height, azsle, by, rye. 

8. i — it, with, been, seive, built, lynx, busy, window. 

9. o — no, coal, foe, fo^r, sew, beau, below, bestow. 

10. o — do, shoe, pool, school, so^p, through, sloop, too. 

11. o — not, hot, blot, what, watch, allotted, whatever. 

12. u — sue, cube, fruit, you, feud, dew, view, adieu. 

13. u — up, sun, her, sir, ton, does, scourge, toughen. 

14. u — foil, could, should, wo^ld, book, soot, crook. 

DIPHTHONGS. 

10th & 8th vocal sounds, rep. by oy in buoy, (booi.) 
3d & 8th vocal sounds, rep. by oi in cozl ; oy in boy. 
2d & 14th vocal sounds, rep. by ou in loud ; ow in bow. 



THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



SUB-VOCALS. 

1. b — bud, tub, boat, robe, robber, banner, blubber. 

2. d — bud, did, ride, dandy, 'guide, rudder, unload. 

3. g— leg-, beg*, go, get, dagger, stag\ger, wag-on. 
4 - }—M, ./ o y> ffem, g-erm, ging-er, gypsum, dang-er. 

5. 1 — Zime, nil, loud, roll, coal, billows, untiZ, fulfil. 

6. m — lime, made, mum, come, summer, welcome. 

7. n — nor, run, not, nine, cannon, hanner, barren. 

8. r — nor, for, ran, rat, tar, roast, barren, rancor. 

9. v — live, vine, move, vivid, of, Stephen, believe. 

10. w — wet, ivire, ^ail, ivig, wo, ivarn, wise, either. 

11. y — yet, yes, yell, yoke, your, ?/oung, year, yearly. 

12. z — adz, zinc, his, wisdom, suffice, scissors, please. 

13. z — a^ure, leisure, seisure, oszer, vision, pleasure. 

14. ng — sing, sung, swing, ink, sink, thmk, a^ger. 

15. th — this, ba^Ae, thou, those, with, these, beneath. 

ASPIRATES. 

1. f — if, life, ski^T, ]aug*A, phrase, cough, trough. 

2. h — he, him, hope, haste, have, high, host, ivhole. 

3. k — &eep, oak, kin, cat, chord, loug-A, (lok,) #uart. 

4. p — keep, pin, pipe, top, hop, cup, puppy, happy. 

5. s — sit, this, ceil, ice, sign, frost, oats, boats, hats. 

6. t — sit, tin, nit, vote, toad, ton, wet, what, twitter. 

7. ch — rich, chat, church, chime, choice, chimney. 

8. sh — fish, social, ocean, partial, na^'on, pension. 

9. th — thin, nith, £Aink, brea^A, health, youth, truth. 
10. wh — ivhen, ivhat, ivhich, ivhy, ivAither, whatever. 

WORDS, ACCENT, EMPHASIS, &C. 

A word of one syllable is a monosyllable j of two. a dissyllable ; 
of three, a trisyllable ; and of four or more, a polysyllable. 

A primitive word is the root, or a word in its simplest form ; 
as, man; a derivative word has some addition; as, man/?/. 

A prefix is placed before the primitive or root ; as, imkind : 
and a suffix after it : as, kindness. 

Accent is a forcible stress of voice placed on a particular 
syllable ; emphasis is a forcible stress of voice placed on one or 
more words in a sentence; and cadence is a fall of the voice at 
the end of a sentence. 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



0, COME, COME AWAY.* 

Allegro. GERMAN. 




Z^ZZ^Z 



^ 



^ — p- 

1. O come, come a - way, from home and all its 

2. The first day of school let all be in their 



5 






3. Let each scho - lar haste, and get no tar - dy 

4. Let each boy and girl be ti - dy in ap- 



es 



•■£ 



4- 



±z£z 



-0 0- 

-\ F— 



5. We'll flee from all vice to vir - tue -with its 



m 



HE 



-f>— K 



^=^ 



35 



3St 



Z*Z± 



plea-sures, The school doth call for one and all, O 
nla - ces, With hearts so light, and fa 




V 



N*3=5 



mark-ing, An ab - sen - tee no 
pear-ance, Each desk and seat be 



one should be, O 
clean and neat, O 



31 






-0 _0 _J _1 

bless-ings, Be kind to all, both great and small, By 



* We here insert a piece of Music for the use of those who practice sing- 
ing in school, inserting it at the commencement of the book, as that appears 
to be its most appropriate place. 



V 



$=£ 



-a 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



come, come a - way ; Come, come where all will 
come, come a - way ; Then class - es can be 



:^_ 



w^=m 



that's not the way ; Then we will learn our 
that, that's the way; Our teach-er's wish-es 



3 



±=*z 



3^E 



night and by day: We'll strive to win the 



>ffu f* fs, IV |s 



=Ps=Pi==fs 



^ 



N X 



-*—m—+ 



^—4z 



smile on thee, And in each class will promptness be, And 
formed so well. That rap- id pro-gress soon will tell Of 



- E^ [^ 1* 



m 



^=^^ 



jt=XL 



les - sons well, And ev - ery ac - tion here shall tell Of 
we'll o - bey, And strive to please him ev - ery day, With 




y- y v 



u*. 



r r — r— r—r — r — r — t^-V — k k F 
meed of praise Walking in truth and wisdom's ways, With 

/d . 



£ 



£ 



time fly hap -pi - ly, O come, come a - way. 
time spent use - ful - ly. O come, come a - way. 



JUUU; 



& 



truth, love, pu - ri - ty — O come, come a - way. 
peace, joy, cheer - fulness — O come, come a - way. 



m^z 



V—V — * 

health, hope, hap - pi - ness — O come, come a - way. 



-a? 



; __^ 

14 THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



ANALYSIS OF WORDS. 

A few examples will serve to illustrate a suitable method to 
be adopted in the analysis of words. Words may be analyzed 
without giving their definitions, but where that can be done, it is 
better, as in the second example. 

First Example. — Ace, is a primitive word, monosyllable, 
composed of two sounds and of three letters : a is a vocal, repre- 
senting the first vocal sound ( )#; c is an aspirate, representing 
the fifth aspirate sound, ( ) ; e is silent, or has no sound in this 
word.f 

Second Example. — Choir, is a primitive word, monosyllable, 
composed of four sounds represented by Jive letters : ch is an as- 
pirate combination representing the third aspirate sound, ( ) • o 
is a sub-vocal, representing the tenth sub- vocal sound, ( ) ; i is a 
vocal, representing the seventh vocal sound, ( ) • r is a sub-vocal, 
representing the eighth sub -vocal sound, ( ) ) the word is pro- 
nounced kwire, and signifies a collection of singers. 

Third Example. — Doubtful, is a derivative word, dissyllable, 
composed of seven sounds 'and eight letters : d is a sub-vocal, rep- 
resenting the second sub-vocal sound, ( ) ; ou is a diphthong, rep- 
resenting the second and fourteenth vocal sounds combined, ( ) ; 
b is silent; t is an aspirate, representing the sixth aspirate sound, 
( ) ; f is an aspirate, representing the first aspirate sound, ( ) ; 
u is a vocal, representing the thirteenth vocal sound, ( ) ; I is a 
sub-vocal, representing the fifth sub-vocal sound, ( ) ; and the 
word is pronounced douV ful. 

Fourth Example. — Inkstand, is a compound word, formed 
of the two words ink and stand, a dissyllable, composed of eight 
sounds, represented by eight letters : i is a vocal, representing the 
eighth vocal sound, ( ) ; n is a sub-vocal, representing the four- 
teenth sub-vocal sound, ( ) ; k is an aspirate, representing the 
third aspirate sound, ( ) ; s is an aspirate, representing the fifth 
aspirate sound, ( ) ) t is an aspirate, representing the sixth aspi- 
rate sound, ( ) ) a is a vocal, representing the fourth vocal sound, 
( )) wis a sub-vocal, representing the seventh sub-vocal sound, 
( ) ; d is a sub-vocal, representing the second snb-vocal sound, 
( ) ; and the word is pronounced ingkstand. 

When y terminates an unaccented syllable, it represents the 
eighth vocal sound, as in holy, &c; ai in faith, eauin beau, iew in 
view, &c, are termed vocal combinations ; th in that, ng in sing, 
&c, are termed sub-vocal combinations; wh in whip, ss in mass, 
&c, are termed aspirate combinations. 

* Where a parenthesis is given, it is intended that the analyzer shall give the 
sound represented by the letter. 

f E is usually termed a vocal, because it represents a vocal sound, but when a 
letter or combination represents no sound, as e in this word, it should neither be 
termed a vocal, sub-vocal, nor aspirate. 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-A 



15 



SECTION II. 

THE OLD BUT NOT THE BEST METHOD OF TEACHING 

THE ALPHABET. 



Roman Letters. 


Italic Letters. 


Writing Letters. 


Figures. 


A a 


A a 


o4> a 





B b 


B b 


£3 / 


l 


C c 


C c 


<g c 


2 


D d 


D d 


Q5 J 


3 


E e 


E e 


S 6 


4 


F f 


* f 


& / 


5 


G g 
H h 


H h 


9 

9£ 4 


6 

7 


I i 


I i 


J 7 i 


8 


J J 
K k 


K h 


f / 

a? 4 


9 
10 


L 1 


L I 


£g / 


11 


M m 


M m 


tSvb m 


12 


N n 


N n 


JP n 


13 


O o 


o 





14 


P p 

Q q 
R r 


P p 

Q q 
R r 


& ft 

® f 
0te t 


15 
16 
17 


S s 


S s 


9> * 


18 


T t 


T t 


sr t 


19 


U u 


V u 


$& « 


20 


V v 


V v 


ty V 


21 


W w 


W w 


<w w 


22 


X x 


X x 


&B * 


23 


Y y 

Z z 


Y y 
Z z 


OS * 


24 
25 


& 


$ 


$ 


26 



s 



16 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


** 


The following lesson is designed to teach children to count ; also to teach them 
the figures, and what each figure represents. They should be taught that naught 
signifies nothing, and the figure always denotes nothing, or the absence of all 
things. If a boy should be asked how many apples he has when he has not any, 
he could express the fact by making the figure 0. Children may be taught how to 
add small numbers, by making use of the few examples on this page. 




FIGURES AND NUMBERS 




Naught 







One 


O 


1 


Two 


o o 


2 


Three 


o o o 


3 


Four 


o o o o 


4 


Five 


o o o o o 


5 


Six 


o o o o o o 


6 



Sev-en o o o o o o o 

Eight oooooooo 

Nine oooooooo o 

Ten oooooooooo 

E'lev-en ooooooooooo 
Twelve oooooooooooo 

and 1 are 1 1 and 6 are 



1 and 1 are 2 



and 2 are 

and 3 are 

and 4 are 

and 5 are 



1 and 7 are 8 



3 


1 


and 


8 


are 


9 


4 


1 


and 


9 


are 


10 


5 


1 


and 


10 


are 


11 


6 


1 


and 


11 


are 


12 



a- 



-* 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



17 



The right method of teaching the Alphabet and the first principles of reading 

LESSON 1— I. 

Note. — Teach the letter a first. When the child has learned that, teach him n ; 
then the word an. Next teach i, then in, then z, ax, an ax, &c. ; passing across the 
page, from left to right. 



a a. n il 



x x. ax. 



o o. ox. 



b b. box. 



f f. fox. 



t t. bat. 



h h. hat. 



c c. cat. 



an ox. 



an. an. 



an 




an 




a 




a 




a 




a 




a fox. 



1 i. in in. 



an ax. 



an ox. 



a box. 



a fox. 



a bat. 



a hat. 



a cat. 



a cat. 



18 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



LESSON 2.— II. 



r r. rat. 



u u. 


tub. 


gg- 


bug. 


m m. 


mug. 


J J- 


jug- 


e e. 


hen. 


1 1. 


leg. 


pp. 


Pig- 



a bug. 



a 




a 




a 




a 




a 




a 




a 





a hen. 



a rat. 



a 


tub. 


a 


bug. 


a 


mug. 


a 


jug- 


a 


hen. 


a 


leg. 


a 


Pig- 



a pig. 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



19 



LESSON 3.— III. 



w w. owl. 



s s. 


saw. 


yy- 


boy. 


d d. 


dog. 


kk. 


kid. 


z z. 


adz. 


V V. 


vine. 


qq. 


quail. 



an 




a 




a 




a 




a 




a boy. 



an 




a 




a 




an owl. 



a saw. 



a boy, 



a dog. 



a kid. 



an adz. 



a vine. 



a quail, 



a kid. a quail. 



* 



m~ 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 3456 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Stjb-voc'ls- -B\xd, leg; jet, lime, 



LESSON 1.— I, 



4 

at 
an 
ax 




8 

it 
is 
if 



an ax. 
it is ax. 
it is an ax. 

LESSON 3.--III. 



5 

he 

me 

the 



8 

bid 
did 
lid 



13 

but 
cut 
nut 



LESSON 2.— II. 




my ox. 
by my ox. 
it is my ox. 

LESSON 4.— IV. 
4 4 13 

cat man run 

rat can gun 

fat ran fun 



the ax cut. the ox ran. 

the ax did cut. the ox did run. 

did the ax cut me ? | can a fat ox run ? 



LESSON 5.— V. 



LESSON 6.— VI. 



4 


o 


12 


5 


6 


oit 


bad 


or 


few- 


we 


bed 


boy 


had 


for 


mew 


see 


fed 


j°y 


lad 


nor 


new 


she 


red 


toy 



a red ox. 

an ox can see. 

is the ox for a boy ? 

the ox is for a man. 

t Oi and ou are used to indicate the sounds which they usually represent. 



a new ax. 

is it for me ? 
it is for a man. 
a lad had the ax, 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



21 



-* 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 t 2 3 4 5 6 7 ,8 9 10 

nor, live, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— I/, fte, feeey, si£, rich, fish, thin, why. 






LESSON 7.- 


-VII. 


LESSON 8.- 


-VIII. 


11 l 


ou 


8 


6 


7 


dog hay 


bow 


bit 


get 


cry 


hog may 


now 


sit 


let 


shy 


log say 


wow 


wit 


net 


sly 



the dog can run. 
he can say bow wow. 
he can see the cat. 
she can see the dog. 

LESSON 9.— IX. 
11 8 3 

dot dim law 
hot him paw 
not rim saw 

LESSON 11.— XI. 
10 9 4 

to go gad 

do no mad 
two so sad 

the rat is shy. 
he saw the cat. 
the cat saw him. 
she did not get him. 



the cat can mew. 
she can sit by me. 
the cat is sly. 
she can get a rat. 

LESSON 10.— X. 

4 11 8 

bat box big 
hat fox fig 
sat pox pig 

LESSON 12.— XII. 

8 12 



in bay 
bin day 
tin ray 



bar 
car 
far 



we saw a shy rat. 
he sat in a bin. 
he ran in the hay. 
we did not get him. 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals — Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, fwll. Sub-voc'ls— Bud!, leg-, Jet, lime, 

SECTION III. 

This section contains easy words of one and two syllables, classed with reference 
to the vocal sounds, and the letters representing those sounds. There are fourteen 
vocal sounds, which are indicated throughout this work by the figures and numbers 
from 1 to 14, as shown by the small words and figures at the head of each left hand 
page ; where a in ale, is seen to represent the first vocal sound ; a in arm, the second, 
&c. ; u in full, representing the fourteenth. 

At the head of the first lesson is an incomplete sentence, referring, by the 
use of the dagger, (f) to a in the first and second lessons for its completion. 

The words in the third lesson contain the second vocal sound ; figure 2 is placed 
over each column to indicate that sound, and a is placed at the head of the first 
column to show that it is the representative of that sound. In like manner the 
figures indicating the sounds, and the letter or letters representing them, are used 
in the subsequent lessons of this book, the same sound continuing until a dif- 
ferent figure is given to indicate another sound, and the same letter or letters until 
another representative is given. 

Short lessons well studied are best calculated to secure correct spelling. " What 
is worth doing at all, is worth doing well." 

LESSON 1.— I. 



THE FIRST VOCAL SOUND REPRESENTED BY f- 



1 

ace^ 

ale 

babe 



i 
fa 

mace 
male 
mane 



a 

ah 
aft 
ant 



i 
bale 
bass 
cane 
cave 



dace 
dale 
dame 
fake 



fane 
fare 
gale 
gate 



LESSON 2.— II. 



maze 
pag-e 
pane 
rape 



sake 
sale 
tale 
tape 



i 
tare 
vale 
vane 
vase 



LESSON 3.— III. 



2 

arc a 
are 
ark 6 
asp 



2 

bar 
car 
far 
par 



2 

tar 
alms 
barn 
bath 



i 
hale 
haze 
lake 
lane 



wake 
brake 
chafe 
clave 



2 

calf 
cask 
char 
fast 



* It would be well for the pupil to pronounce each word, both before and after 
spelling it. 



a Arc, part of a circle. 



b Ark, a kind of vessel. 



»- 





THE 


STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


3 

23 


r 8 9 10 


11 12 13 14 15 


12 3 4 56 


7 8 9 10 


nor, lire, tcet, 


yet, adz. azure, sing, this. Aspirates 


— If, he, keep, sit, 


rich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 4.- 


-IV. 




7 


7 


7 


7 


7 


i 


hind 


lice 


pike 


side 


ice 


ides 


mice 


pint 


sire 


ire 


isle 


mile 


rice 


site 


dice 


kine 


nigh 


rife 


tide 


fine 


kite 


mine 


rind 


time 




LESSON5, 


-v. 




8 


8 


8 


8 


8 


i 


gig 


fin 


nib 


six 


in 


gin 


j^ 


nit 


tin 


did 


him 


jig 


Pig 


wig 


dim 


hip 


kid 


rib 


bill 


fig- 


his 


kin 


rid 


dint 


fin 


hit 


kit 


rim 


disk 




LESSON 6.- 


-VI. 




8 


8 


8 


8 


8 


i 


gilt 


kiln* 


mint 


skin 


film 


gimp 


king 


will 


sill 


fifth 


grit 


lint 


pill 


skid 


fish 


hill 


list 


pink 


this 


fist 


hist 


milt 


rick 


twig 


gill 


inch 


mmk 


rill 


twin 




LESSON 7.- 


-VII. 




9 


9 


9 


9 


9 





code 


doge 


hose 


more 


g° 


coke 


dome 


host 


node 


lo 


colt 


fore 


jove 


none 


oh 


cone 


fort 


lobe 


nose 


no 


cote 


gold 


lore 


poll 


so 


cove 


hole 

* Kiln, (kill). 


mode 


pork 
8 



* — 

24 


THE 


STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




1 2 


3 4 5 6 7 


8 9 10 11 12 


13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— Jlle, arm 


oil, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, 


wp, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg, jet, lime, 




LESSON 8.— 


Vlll. 




4 


4 


4 


4 


4 


a 


and 


can 


gap 


J^g 


am 


ash 


cat 


had 


map 


as 


bag 


fab 


hag 


mat 


adz 
The boy 


bat 
had a hi 


fag 


ham 
nag did 


nag 


ig. The 


run fast. 


He sat on a nag. 


He 


ran to the barn. 


He did it for fun. 


A man saw 1 


;he nag. 


We saw 


the nag run. The 


boy saw 


' the man. 




LESSON 9.- 


-IX. 




4 


4 


4 


4 


4 


a 


rat 


van 


alps 


chap 


nap 


sap 


vat 


back 


clad 


pan 


sat 


wag 


cant 


clam 


rag 


tab 


yam 


cash 


clan 




LESSON 10. 


— X. 




4 4 


4 


4 


4 


4 


aa 


fact 


have 


samp 


slat 


crab 


flax 


jack 


sang 


snag 


crag 


gang 


jamb 


sank 


spat 


drab 


hack 


lamb 


sash 


stag 


dram 


hank 


pang 


sham 


swam 




LESSON 11.- 


-XI. 




4 


4 


4 


4 


4 


a 


clank 


lapse 


shalt 


valve 


tact 


crank 


scamp 


shank 


whack 


tank 


drank 


scant 


slang 


whang 


batch 


gland 


scrap 


spasm 


flange 


cAasm 
$ 


grand 


shall 


tract 


sprang 











* 




THE 


STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


25 


7 8 9 10 11 


12 13 14 


15 


l 2 3 4 56 7 


8 9 10 


nor, lire, wet, yet, 


adz, azure, sing, 


this. Aspirates.- 


-If, he, keep, sit, rich 


, fisft, thin, why. 




LESSON 12.- 


-XII. 




13 


13 


13 


13 


13 


U 


duds 


gust 


just 


mull 


chum 


dung 


hulk 


lust 


mush 


crust 


fuss 


hung 


much 


must 


dust 


fuzz 


jxxnk 


muff 


null 




LESSON 13.- 


-XIII. 




13 


13 


13 


13 


13 


u 


plus 


rump 


russ 


spun 


chub 


pung 


rung 


slug 


such 


plug 


pu^k 


runt 


slut 


sung 


plum 


ruff 


rusk 


smut 


surd 




LESSON 14.- 


-XIV. 




ii 


11 


ii 


ii 


ii 





fop 


off 


sot 


grog 


cob 


fox 


oft 


yon 


hock 


cod 


god 


pod 


clod 


hong 


cog 


hog 


pot 


clot 


knob 


cot 


jot 


rob 


font 


loth 


dog 


log 


rod 


frog 


moss 


fob 


lot 


rot 


from 


moth 


fog 


not 


sod 


goth 


pock 




LESSON 15 


.— xy. 




13 


13 


13 


13 


13 


U 


cut 


hub 


nut 


sun 


up 


dug 


hut 


pug 


tub 


us 


dun 


jug 


pun 


tun 


but 


fun 


mud 


pup 


urn 


cub 


fur 


mug 


rug 


buff 


cud 


gum 


mum 


rum 


bulb 


cur 


gun 


nun 


rut 


bust 

m 



26 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


a 


1 2 
Vocaxs— Jlle, arm 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, f'wll. Sub-voc'l 


12 3 4 5 6 

3— Bud, leg-Jet, lime, 




LESSON 16.— XVI. 




5 

ee 
heel 


5 5 5 

peer greece sleek 
reed greek sleet 


5 

teeth 
three 


keel 


seen reeve speed 


breeze 


knee 


thee sleep steed 


cheese 


lees 


beecht sheer steel 

LESSON 17.— XVII. 


green 


6 

e 

eh 

bed 


6 6 6 

elk gem led 
ell hen leg 
elm jet let 


6 

net 
pet 
red 


den 


fed keg men 


sex 


egg 


fen ken met 

LESSON 18.— XVIII. 


ten 


6 

e 
wen 


6 6 6 

beck best else 
bell bled erse 


6 

£*erm* 
glen 


wet 


belt cell erst 


heft 


yes 


bend debt fell 


held 


yet 


bent dell felt 

LESSON 19.— XIX. 


hemp 


6 

e 


6 6 6 

left mess rend 


6 

sled 


herb* 


lens neck sect 


sped 


herd 


lent nest self 


tent 


kept 


less next sent 


term* 


kern 


lest pest serf* 


text 


* In such words as germ, herb, (erb,) herd, serf, and nearly all similar words 
and syllables, Dr. Webster gives e the sixth vocal sound, as heard in met, per il, 
&c. ; and such words will be classed accordingly throughout this work. Most peo- 
ple give e before r the thirteenth vocal sound, as heard in up, fur, her, &c. 


^ 




8 



f __ 








* 




THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


27 


7 8 9 10 11 


12 13 14 


15 


12 3 4 56 


7 8 9 10 


nor, life, wet, ye\ 


, adz, azure, sing-, 


his. Aspirates. 


—If, he, keep, sit, 


xich, fish, thia, why. 




LESSON 2 0.- 


-XX. 




5 


5 


5 


5 


5 


ea 


peak 


teak 


year 


drear 


lead 


peat 


teat 


beach* 


eaves 


mead 


plea 


veal 


beast 


heath 


neap 


ream 


weal 


cream 


leach 




LESSON 2 1 — 


-XXI. 




7 


7 


7 


7 


7 


i 


clime 


quire 


trice 


fright 


tine 


crime 


snipe 


tripe 


knight 


vice 


knife 


swine 


twice 


shrine 


vine 


might 


thine 


while 


stride 


bride 


night 


tithe 


Christ 


strife 


brine 


ninth 


tribe 


flight 


wright 




LESSON 2 2.- 


-XXII. 




7 


7 # 


7^ 


7 


7 


ie 


ei 


oi 


y 


my 


fie 


height 


choir 


sky 


pyre 


hie 






shy 


spry 


lie 


ai 


ui 


sty 


tyke 


pie 


aisle 


guise 


thy 


type 


tie 






why 


tyre 




LESSON 23.— XXIII. 




7 

y 


7 

thymef 


A man saw the boy. 


chy\e 




The 


boy sat 


on a log. 


chyme 


ye 


A dog sat by 


the boy. 


scythe 


lye 


A lamb saw ' 


]he dog. 


rhyme 


pye 


The 


boy saw 


the lamb. 


style 


rve 


The 


lamb did not run. 


* Beach, the shore. 


f Thyme, (time) a kind of plant. 


X 








* 



« 

28 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


a 


1 2 3 


4 5 6 7 8 9 1 


) 11 12 13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— Jile, arm, al 


, at, me, met, ice, it, no, dc 


, not, swe, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls- -.Bud, leg-, jet, lime, 




LESSON 


24.— XXIV. 




In words of more than one syllable the figure indicates the vocal sound in the 


accented syllable. 








1 


1 


1 


1 


a 


ba' con 


gra' tis 


ma' jor 


a* My 


ba sis 


gravy 


ma pie 


a corn 


ca di 


ha lo 


ma son 


a ere 


ea lif 


ha ven 


na bob 


ai ien 


ca lix 


la die 


na dir 


a sia 


da ta 


la dy 


na val 


a pex 


da tive 


la ma 


na vy 


a pril 


dra co 


la va 


pa cAa 




LESSON 


2 5.— XXV. 




2 


2 


2 


2 


a 


bask' et 


far' ther 


har' lot 


arc' tic 


blar ney 


far thest 


par lor 


ar dor 


car bine 


far thing 


pars ley 


ar gil 


car cass 


flask et 


par son 


ar gus 


car go 


gar bage 


par ty 


ar my 


car man 


gar lie 


sar casm 


ar son 


car mine 


gua no 


scar let 


bar ley 


car nage 


hard ship 


spar ry 




LESSON 


26.— XXVI. 




3 

a 


3 

false' Jy 


3 

ward' robe 


3 

dau' phin 


al' der 


pal sy 


a thwart 7 


fau cet 


al most 


psal ter 


au 


lau rel 


al so 


quar tette 


au' gust 


pau per 


al tar 


quar to 


au tumn 


plaud it 


al ways 


quar ter 


bau ble 


sau cer 


bal tic 


squall y 


cau die 


sau sage 


fall en 


thral dom 


daugh ter 


tau rus 


Km 






: 3 



ft 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


29 


7 8 9 10 11 


12 13 14 15 


12 3 4 


56 7 8 9 10 


nor, lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, si?ig-, this, i 


Aspirates.— If, he, keep, 


sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 


27 .— XXVII. 




3 


3 

ma caw' 


3 

for' tress 


3 

mor'tal 


law' ful 


pa shaw 


for tune 


mor sel 


law yer 





for ty 


mor tar 


law suit 


cor' nice 


gor gon 


nor mal 


saw yer 


cor sair 


horn y 


nor man 


scraw ny 


dor mant 


hor net 


north ern 


taw ny 


for ceps 


mor mon 


orb it 


braw ny 


fort night 


morn ing 


or chard 




LESSON 28.— XXVIII. 




4 

a 


4 

ad' vent 


4 

at' las 


4 

an' them 


ab' ba 


al bum 


at tic 


an tic 


ab bey 


al cade 


al to 


ap pie 


ac cess 


al oe 


am ber 


ax is 


ac me 


ar ab 


am ply 


badg* er 


ac tion 


arid 


an ise 


bag gage 


act or 


ar row 


SbTtk le 


bal lad 


ad age 


ash es 


an nals 


bal let 




LESSON 


29.— XXIX. 




4 


4 


4 


4 


a 


cam' let 


cap' tor 


clan' gor 


ban' dit 


can cer 


cap tion 


clar et 


bant ling 


can die 


cas tor 


crab bed 


bar rack 


can dor 


chan eel 


dac tyl 


bat ting 


can dy 


chap el 


dag ger 


cac tus 


can non 


chap let 


dam ask 


cal dron 


cap stan 


chap lain 


dam sel 


cam el 

K 


cap tive 


chap ter 


dam son 



2* 



« 



30 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


■■ i 


12 3 4 


5 6 7 8 9 1C 


11 12 13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— Ale., arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do 


not, sue, «p, fwll. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-^'et, iime, 




LESSON 


30.— XXX. 




4 


4 


4 


4 


a 


fam' ine 


frag*' ile 


gas' trie 


dan' dy 


far row 


gal ley 


gland ers 


drag on 


fat ling 


gal Ion 


gram mar 


fab ric 


flam beau 


gal lows 


gran ite 


fac tion 


flan nel 


gam brel 


hack ney 


fac tor 


flash y 


gamut 


ham let 


fag ot 


flat wise 


gan der 


ham mer 


fal con 


flax en 


gang way 


hatch et 




LESSON ! 


H.— XXXI. 




5 

e 


5 

e' pha 


5 

gre' cian 


5 

le'o 


ce' dar 


e ra 


he brew 


me ter 


ere dence 


ether 


he lix 


ne gro 


de ism 


e vil 


he lot 


ne gress 


de ist 


fe male 


he ro 


pe an 


de mon 


fe tus 


le g*end 


pe nult 


e diet 


fe ver 


le gion 


phe nix 


e gress 


ge nus 


le man 


pre cept 




LESSON : 


J 2.— XXXII. 




6 

e 


6 

clev' is 


6 

eld r est 


6 

eph' od 


ber' ry 


eres cent 


em bers 


ep ic 


cen sor 


crev ice 


em blem 


er go 


cen sus 


debt or 


em pire 


er mine 


chem ist 


del ta 


end wise 


er rand 


cher ub 


dent ist 


en g*ine 


er rant 


cler gj 


des pot 


en sign 


er ror 


clev er 


ec logue 


entry 


eth ks 



$ 



« 


THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 


ft 

31 


1 8 9 10 11 12 


13 14 15 


12 3 4 56 


7 8 9 10 


nor, life, wet, yet, adz, 


azure, sing-, Mis. Aspirates.— I/, Ae, keep, sit, 


rich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 


33.— XXXIII. 




7 
* 


7 

eri' sis 


7 

i' rish 


7 

mi' nus 


bi' ble 


di al 


i ron 


mi nor 


bi ped 


di vers 


i tern 


nine ty 


ci der 


fi at 


ivy 


ni tre 


ci on 


fibre 


li ar 


ni trie 


cli ent 


fri day 


lilac 


ni trous 


cli max 


ibex 


li on 


pi ca 


cli mate 


idol 


mi ca 


pi rate 




LESSON 


3 4.— XXXIV. 




8 

i 


8 

cit' y 


dit' ty 


8 

gV sy 


bish' op 


civ ic 


fie tion 


gris tie 


bis muth 


crick et 


fifty 


hid den 


brig and 


die tion 


fig ment 


hin doo 


chick en 


dig it 


fil bert 


hith er 


cin der 


dis cord 


fis cal 


im port 


cit ron 


dis taff 


gin ger 


in cest 


civ et 


ditto 


ging ham 


in come 




LESSON 35.— XXXV. 




9 



9 

co' sey 


9 

do" tard 


9 

go' pher 


bro' ken 


cro cus 


fo cus 


gro cer 


cho ral 


cro ny 


flo ra 


ko ran 


cho rus 


cro sier 


flo ral 


lo eust 


clo ver 


do cile 


flo ret 


mo lar 


CO COS, 


do do 


flo rist 


no bly 


co hort 


do tal 


fro zen 


no tion 


co Ion 
* _ 


do tage 


gold en 


o dor 

ft 



* 

32 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


— * 


1 2 3 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


12 13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— v21e, arm, all, 


at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, no 


, swe, wp, full. Sub-voc'is— B\id,leg,jet } lime, 




LESSON 36 


.—XXXVI. 




11 


ll 


11 


11 





fos' sil 


mot' ley 


of fice 


cof ' fer 


gob let 


mot to 


off ing 


cof fin 


gos pel 


nod die 


offset 


cot ton 


gob lin 


nos tril 


oft en 


dog ma 


jolly 


nov el 


op tics 


fol ly 


lob by 


nov ice 


ot ter 


for age 


lob ster 


noz zle 


ox yd 


for est 


mor row 


offal 


pol len 




LESSON 3 7.- 


-XXXVII. 




12 


12 


12 


12 


u 


fu'el 


cm' sade 


pu' nic 


cvl bit 


fury 


druid 


pupil 


cupid 


juno 


fluid 


ruby 


du el 


ju ror 


flu or 


ru mor 


du cal 


jurist 


gru el 


su et 


duly 


jury 


jul ian 


tuber 


duty 


lu na 


lu cent 


tu lip 


julep 


jun ior 


mu cous 


tu mor 




LESSON 88.- 


-XXXVIII. 




13 


13 


13 


13 


u 


cut' lass 


jun' to 


run' net 


bug' gy 


cut tie 


jus tice 


rus set 


bun die 


dul cet 


mus lin 


sub urbs 


cul prit 


fan gus 


mut ton 


sur face 


cul ture 


fun nel 


puppy 


tur ban 


cur few 


gul let 


pur pie 


tur bot 


cur lew 


jun gle 


put ty 


tur key 


cur rant 

Ih — 


junta 


rud der 


tur nip 

* 



* 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


■ * 

33 


7 8 9 10 11 
nor, lire, wet, yet, 


12 13 14 15 
adz, azure, sing, this. Aspirates.— 


12 3 4 56 
If, he, keep, sit. 


7 8 9 10 
-ich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 3 9.— XXXIX 




THE 


FIRST VOCAL 


SOUND REPRESENTED BY f- 


1 

drake 
fates 


1 

glade 
haste 
knave 


1 

lathe 
scape 
snake 


1 

spake 
stag-e 
state 


1 

vague 
whale 
phrase 




LESSON 40.- 


-XL. 




i 

ait 

a cain 

fain 


1 

gait 
hair 
jail 
laid 


i u 

lain 
maid 
pail 
baize 


i 
chair 
flail 
frail 
glair 


i 
saint 
snail 
staid 
stain 




LESSON 41.— 


XLI. 




i 
'fat 
stair 
trait 
twain 


l 

chaise^ 
praise 
plaint 
sprain 


i 
toy 

bay 
day- 
gay 


i 
hay 

jay 

lay 
may 


i 
nay 
pay 
ray 
say 




LESSON 42.— XLII. 




i 
'fay 
way 
dray 
quay 


1 
stay 
tray 
spray 
stays 


■te 
ere 
theve 
where 


i 
"\ea 
yea 
bear 
jean 


i 
pear 
tear 
wear 



A boy sat in the car. We sat in the stage. 

The man sat on the hay. We saw the fat pig. 

Did he see the pail ? The dog ran at it. 

No, he saw the snail. It ran in the lake. 

* Chaise — pronounced shaze. a C in italic represents the third aspirate sound. 



K 

34 


THE 


STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


I 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 
Vocals — Jile, arm, all, at, me, met, ic 


8 9 10 11 12 
s, it, no, do, not, sue, 


3 14 
up, full. Sub-voc'ls- 


12 3 4 5 6 
-Bud, leg, jet, lime, 




LESSON 43.—: 


£LIII. 




1 

ei 
fein 
rein 
eight 


1 

feint 
skein 
their 
weigh 


1 

eighth 
sleigh 
weight 
freight 


l 

ey 
bey 
dey 
prey 


1 

sley 
they 
trey 
whey 




LESSON 44.- 


-XLIV. 




2 

a 


2 

harp 


2 

mass 


2 

scar 


2 

chaff 


garb 


lard 


mast 


star 


chart 


half 
hark 


lark 
lass 


park 
past 


yard 
larg-e 


craft 
draft 




LESSON 4 5.- 


-XLV. 




2 

a 
farce 


2 

psalm 
salve 


2 

shaff 
shark 


2 

au 
aunt 


2 

draught 
ea 


flask 


scarf 


spark 


haunch 


heart 


glass 


scarp 


trance 


launch 


hearth 



LESSON 4 6.— XL VI. 



3 

a 

all 

ball 

hall 



3 

malt 
fall 
pall 
tall 



warp 
quart 
sward 
swath 



quartz 
salts 
small 
stall 



swarth 
wharf 
thrall 
warmth 



i 



We saw the boys run. They saw a large man. 
They ran to the wharf. He sat on the ark. 
They saw an ark there. He sat by a cask. 
The ark had no mast. He had a new harp. 
They ran on the ark. The man saw the boys. 



* 



1 


THE 


STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


7 

35 


7 8 9 10 


11 12 13 


4 15 


12 3 4 56 7 


8 9 10 


nor, lire, tuet 


yet, adz, azure, sing, this. Aspirates.- 


-If, Tie, keep, sit, ricft 


fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 47.— XLVII. 




3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


au 


gauze 


naught 


aw 


haw 


caul" 


sauce 


paunch 


awe 


jaw 


gaul 


caught 


taught 


awl 


maw 


saul 


clause 


fraught 


daw 


paw 




LESSON 4 8.— XL VI 1 1. 




3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


aw 


craw 


yawl 


squaw 


o 


raw 


gawk 


drawn 


straw 


or 


saw- 


lawn 


pshaw c 


scrawl 


for 


taw 


shaw & 


shawl 


sprawl 


nor 




LESSON49.— : 


SLIX. 




3 


3 


3 


3 


3 





fork 


north 


thorn 


oa 


orb 


gone 


song 


torch 


broad 


born 


horn 


horse 


corpse 


groat 


cost 


lost 


stork 


shorts 





ou 



ought 

bought 

fought 



LESSON 5 0.— L. 

3 

sought I sought the boy. 

trough^ He lost his way. 

brought He saw my horse, 

thought He did not run. 



a Note. — It would be well for pupils frequently to spell by writing the words of 
the lesson upon slates, as pronounced by the teacher. The teacher can ascertain 
whether the words are spelled correctly, by having one pupil read the words as he 
has written them, and all the rest manifest, in some way, an agreement or disagree- 
ment with his spelling. This may be done by having all who disagree raise the 
right hand, while all who agree sit still. 

It is sometimes well for the pupils to exchange slates after writing, that each 
pupil may read the writing of a classmate. This may be easily done by taking the 
slate of the pupil at one end of the class, and having the one who sits next pass his 
slate to him, and so on, until all the slates have changed hands, when the slate 
taken by the teacher should be given to the pupil at the other end of the class. 
* Trough, (trauf.) b Shaw, a thicket. c Pshaw, an expression of contempt. 



36 


THE 


STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




1 2 


3 4 5 6 7 


8 9 10 11 12 


13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— *21e, arm, all, at, me, met, ic 


j, it, no, do, not, sue, 


up, full. Sub-voc'ls 


- -B\xd, leg-, jet, lime, 




LESSON 51.- 


-LI. 




8 


8 


8 


8 


8 


i 


will 


filth 


midst 


since 


whig 


wisp 


finch 


niche 


sixth 


whim 


wist 


flint 


pitch 


skiff 


whit 


writ 


frill 


prism 


skill 


whiz 


zmc 


frith 


quill 


slick 


wick 


brick 


grist 


scrip 


slmk 




LESSON 52.- 


-LI I. 




8 


8 


8 


8 # 


8 


i 


whipt 


cmque 


ei 


ee 


sprig 


whist 


quince 


seive 


been 


stilt 


width 


schism 






swiss 


winch 


shrimp 


ui 


y 


thill 


witch 


squill 


built 


lywx 


twixt 


wrist 


glimpse 


\ guilt 


nymph 


whiff 


chintz 


swinge 




sylph 




LESSON 5 3.— 


LIII . 




9 


9 


9 


9 


9 





sold 


wove 


drone 


grove 


port 


told 


yore 


drove 


horde 


rode 


tore 


zone 


folks 


knoll 


rope 


torn 


chose 


forte 


porch 


rose 


crow 


corps 


forth 


quoth 


rote 


wore 


crone 


globe 


rogue 




LESSON 54.- 


-LIV. 




5 


5 


5 


5 


5 


e 


sere 


ea 


sea 


ease 


y e 


swede 


ear 


tea 


east 


eve 


sphere 


eat 


bean 


feat 


here 


theme 


pea 


each 


flea 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



37 



■7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

nor, lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



LESSON 5 5.— LY. 



9 


scope 
shone 


9 

sloth 

spoke 

stole 


9 

trope 

whole 

wrote 


9 

oa 

oaf 
oak 


9 

loaf 
oath 
road 


shorn 


stove 


brogue oat 


roan 


shote 


swore 


scroll 


coat 


toad 


shore 


those 


strove 


foal 


cloak 




LESSON 56.— 


LVI. 




6 

e 


6 

wept 


6 

west 


6 

bench 


6 

dregs 


them. 


well 


when 


berth 


dwelt 


then 


went 


wren 


chess 


guest 


tret 


were 


zest 


chest 


hedge 


verb 


wert 


belle* 


depth 


hence 




LESSON* 5 7.—] 


LVII. 




5 

i 


5 

ie 


field 


thief 


5 

ei 


clique 


fief 


grief 


brieve 


seine 


shire 


lief 


liege 


frieze 




pique 


mien 
tier 


niece 
siege 


priest 
tierce 


ey 
key 



fl We sat in the park. We saw the boys run. 

I sat by a boy. They did not run fast. 

The boy saw a star. They ran in the yard. 

I did not see it. The boys saw a ball. 

a Pupils would derive much benefit from writing each reading lesson as a spell- 
ing exercise. Let the teacher read the first sentence in a clear, distinct manner, 
and as soon as finished, let the pupil write it. All the following sentences in the 
lesson should be read and written, paying particular attention to the spelling of 
the words, the capitals and the punctuation. See note on page 35. 
* Belle ; a gay young lady. 



-s 



IK 






v 


38 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


A 


1 2 
Vocals— ^21e, arm, 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue 


13 14 12 3 4 5 6 
, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls— JBud, leg-,./et, lime, 




LESSON 5 8.- 


-LVIII. 




5 

ea 
least 


6 5 

yeast ee 
shears lee 


5 

bee 
beef 


5 

deer 
feel 


peach 


wreath eel 


beer 


feet 


wheat 


greaves fee 


beet 


glee 




LESSON 5 9.- 


-LIX. 




6 

e 
ketch 
knelt 
pence 
quest 


6 6 

sedge speck 
serge spelt 
shred spent 
slept sperm 
smelt tenth 


theft 

tress 

verge 

verse 

vetch 


6 

welsh 

wench 

whelp 

french 

length 




LESSON 60 


— LX. 




6 

e 


6 6 6 

stress twelfth ea 


6 

health 


phlegm 
shelve 


thence strength earl hearse 
twelve ai dead 


sledge 


whence said 


death eo 


stench 


wretch 


pearl feoff 




LESSON 6 1.- 


-LXI. 




9 


coach 


9 9 

roe gourd 
toe moult 


9 

bowl 
know 


9 

grown 
known 


roach 


woe fourth 


blow 


shown 


shoal 
loaves 


sloe source 
throe though 


flow 
mown 


growth 
thrown 


throat 


ou ow 


snow 


eau 


oe 


four bow 


sown 


beau 


doe 


soul low 


blown 


beaux 


foe 


dough sow 


flown 


* 



* 


THE 


STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


39 


7 8 9 10 1 
nor, lire, wet, 


1 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 5 6 
yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, 


7 8 9 10 
rich, fish, thin, tuny. 




LESSON 6 2.- 


-LXII. 




10 



10 

whose 


10 

* rood 


10 

groom 


10 

ou 


two^ 


oe 


room 


moose 


sou 


who 


shoe 


shoo 


noose 


tour 


lose 

tomb 

move 


00 

toof 
noon 


tool 

woof 

broom 


sloop 
spoon 
stool l 


soup 

croup 

group 


whom 
womb 


pool 
poor 


g]oom 
goose 


stoop 
troop 


through 




LESSON 63 


.— LXIII. 




ii 




11 

sock 


ii 
crock 


11 

blotch 


ii 
a 


pond 


toss 


frock 


crotch 


was 


rock 
scot 


tost 
block 


potch 
strop 


mosque 
scotch 


wand 
what 


shop 
shot 


dock 
copse 


thong 
tongs 


hough J 
lough<§> 


squad 
swamp 




LESSON 6 4.- 


-LXIV. 




12 
U 

gnu 
cube 


12 

chute || 

fluke 

flume 


12 

rue 

flue 

ui 


12 

your 
youth 
eu 


12 

few 

crew 

flew 


duke 
June 
lute 


prude 
spume 
ue 


suit 
fruit 
juice 


feud 

deuce 

rheum 


grew 
hewn 
knew 


sure 


cue 


sluice 


ew 


news 


tube 


due 


on 


dew 


slew 


brute 


hue 


you 


ewe 


threw 


* Two, one and one. f Too, also. % Hough, (hok.) § Lough, (lok.) || Chute, (shute.) 
K - * 



« 



40 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


x 


1 2 5 


4 5 6 7 


8 9 10 11 12 


13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— Jile, arm, t 


ill, at, me, met, ice 


, it, no, do, not, swe, 


wp, full. Sub- vocals— Bud, leg-^'et, /iwie, 




LESSON 6 5.- 


■LXV. 




13 


13 


13 


13 


13 


U 


burnt 


durst 


nudge 


slung 


surf 


chuck 


dutch 


plush 


slunk 


thug 


chump 


flung 


purse 


spunk 


thus 


cluck 


fudge 


scurf 


stung 


tush 


clump 


hunks 


shrub 


thrum 


tusk 


clung 


lunch 


shuck 


thumb 


whur 


crump 


lungs 


skull 


truck 


budge 


dunce 


mumps 


skunk 


trunk 




LESSON 66.— LXYI. 




13 


13 


13 


13 


13 


U 


e 


flirt 





some 


wrung 


her 


quirk 


one 


wont 


church 


hers 


shirt 


son 


word 


crutch 


i 


third 


ton 


glove 


shrunk 


sir 


y 


won a 


month 


smudge 


bird 


myrrh 


done 


world 


sprung 


girl 




dost 


worse 


struck 


birch 




doth 


worst 


strung 


birth 


oe 


dove 


worth 


thrush 


first 


does 


once 


tongue 




LESSON 67.— LXVII. 




14 


14 


14 




oi 


U 


should 


rook 


01 


quoif 


bull 


00 


took 


oil 


quoin 


full 


book 


soot 


boil 


quoit 


puss 


food 


brook 


coif 


oy 


ou 


hook 


crook 


loin 


coy 


could 


look 


shook 


groin 


j°y 


would 


nook 


stood 


joist 


toy 


* 




a Won, did win 


. 





TKE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




THE LION. 

The lion is called the king of beasts. His form is 
noble, his look bold, his gait proud, and his voice ter- 
rible. He runs swiftly, and has great strength. 

The teeth of the lion are sharp and strong, and his 
tongue is rough with hard prickles, which point back- 
ward. The male lion has a long, thick mane, which 
covers his head and neck. It begins to grow when he 
is about three years old, and grows many years. 

He has five long, sharp claws on each fore foot, 
and four on the hinder ones. His eyes, like those of 
the cat, seem best formed for seeing in the dark. For 
this reason he is seldom seen during the day, but at 
night he roams abroad in search of his prey. 

He lies in wait until some beast comes that way, 
when with a great leap he bounds upon it, tears it in 
pieces, and eats its flesh. 

His roar is very loud, but, when angry, his cry is 
louder and more terrible than his roar. Then he lash- 
es his sides with his tail ; his long mane seems to rise 
and stand, like bristles, round his head. 

He moves the skin of his face, and his shaggy eye- 
brows, which half cover his glaring eyes ; thrusts out 
his tongue and his dreadful claws ; and sometimes ut- 
ters a fierce and terrible cry. 



42 THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



SECTION IV. 
METHODS OF TEACHING. 

This section contains words of one syllable, classed with reference to their form- 
ing derivatives by the addition of particular suffixes. 

Pupils need not, usually, be required to commit the definitions of the suffixes by 
studying them, as they will soon learn them by repetition during exercises in spel- 
ling. 

The following suggestions may serve to illustrate some of the best methods of 
teaching children to spell and define words by the aid of the lessons in this section, 
and other similar ones. 

First Method. — Commencing with aid, in lesson first, page 43, the teacher 
should pronounce, and the pupils spell all the words in the lesson, in the same man- 
ner they would pronounce and spell the words in any lesson. The derivative words 
should be spelled during the same exercise, and as soon as the primitive words, or 
those printed in the lesson, have been spelled, the teacher should return to the first 
word in the lesson, and pronounce aided, ailed, &c. As soon as he has pro- 
nounced aided, the pupil first in order should spell it, and immediately define it 
by saying " did aid.'''' The next pupil should spell and define ailed in a similar 
manner, and each pupil, in his turn, should spell and define his appropriate word, 
until every word in the lesson, from aided to strained, has been pronounced by 
the teacher, and spelled and defined by the pupils. The teacher should then return 
again to the commencement of the lesson, and pronounce aiding, ailing, &c; 
and the pupils, each in his turn, should spell the words, and define them " continu- 
ing to aid, continuing to ail, &c, until all the words from aiding to straining have 
been spelled and defined. 

Second Method. — Commencing with aid, as before, let the teacher pronounce 
that word to the pupil first in order, and let him spell it. The second pupil should 
then pronounce, spell and define aided, and the third one, in his turn, should pro- 
nounce, spell and define aiding, without those words being pronounced by the 
teacher. The teacher should then pronounce aiU the fourth pupil spell it, and 
the fifth and sixth pupils, in their turn, should pronounce, spell and define ailed, 
and ailing, without their being pronounced by the teacher. Let the same course 
be pursued until all the words in the lesson have been spelled. 

Third Method. — Let the teacher be furnished with a slip of paper containing 
the definition of the primitives, or of each word as printed in the lesson. Let him, 
(the teacher,) then pronounce, spell and define each of those words. Commencing 
again with aid, the teacher would say "aid ; a i d aid ; to assist." The first pupil 
should then say, "aided, aid aid, ed ed, aided; did assist;" and the second 
pupil should follow with "aiding ; a i d aid, i n g ing, aiding ; continuing to as- 
sist." The teacher should then pronounce, spell and define ail, and the third and 
fourth pupils, in their turn, pronounce, spell and define ailed, and ailing. Proceed 
in this way until all the words in the lesson have been spelled. 

By pursuing methods similar to these, young pupils will soon learn to spell 
and define words with great facility, and will, at the same time, acquire much use- 
ful knowledge in relation to the construction of the language. 

More advanced scholars may frequently write their exercises on slates. As soon 
as the teacher has pronounced aid, every scholar in the class should write " aid ; 
aided, did aid ; aiding, continuing to aid," &c. ; going through with the lesson 
in like manner. At another time the teacher may pronounce, spell and define aid, 
as suggested in the third method, and the pupils may write "aid ed, did assist, or 
did render assistance ; aid ing, continuing to assist," &c. ; pursuing the same 
method throughout the lesson. 

For a different exercise, as soon as the teacher has pronounced aid, every pupil 
in the class should write one, two or more sentences, including the primitive and 
derivative words ; thus, "John went to aid his friend, and while aiding him, George 
asked him why he aided that man." Continue this exercise until all the words in 
the lesson have been written in a similar manner. When pupils are writing sen- 
tences, particular attention should be paid to the capitals and punctuation, as well 
as to the spelling of the words. — See notes on pages 35 and 37. 



-* 



THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



43 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

nor, lire, tret, yet, adr, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 

ed, signifies did ; was ; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

These suffixes may be joined to the words in all the following lessons, until 
other suffixes are given. 

Rule 1. — Primitive words ending in d or t are pronounced in two syllables when 
ed is added ; thus, aid ed, bait ed, &c. Other words are spelled in two syllables, but 
pronounced in one; thus, ail ed, arid; arch ed, archt, &c. 

LESSON 1.— I. 



1 
ai 


i 
bail 


i 
pain 


i 
vail 


i 
quail 


aid* 


bait 


pair 


wail 


taint 


ail 


hail 


rail 


chain 


trail 


aim 


mail 


rain 


grain 


sprain 


air 


maim 


sail 


paint 


strain 




LESSON 2, 


-ii. 




i 


l 


2 


2 


2 


ay 


ei 


a 


pass 


au 


bray 


rein 


arch 


raft 


gaunt 


day 


veil 


cart 


rasp 


haunt 


flay 


deign 


gasp 


task 


jaunt 


fray 


feign 


last 


waft 


laugh 


play 


neigh 


mark 


gnarl 


taunt 


pray 


reign 


mask 


march 


launch 


slay 


weigh 


palm 


parch 


flaunt 


sway 


freight 


pant 


slant 


daunt 



Pupils should be taught to add 5 or es to the words in this section, to form the 
singular of verbs, &c. See Rule 4th, page 55. 

b un may be prefixed to many of these words after ed is added ; as ?m-aided, 
wn-aired, &c ; and to some, both before and after ; as, wn-chain, wn-chained, &c. 
un signifies not ; to take off ; to take out ; to deprive of ; to free from, ; as, unaided, 
not aided ; unchain, to take off the chain, &c. 

The teacher and pupils must judge to what words un may be applied, and what 
definition to give it when thus applied. 



* — — — 

44 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




l 2 


3 4 5 6 7 S 


9 10 11 12 13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocai^— v21e, arm 


, oil, at, me, met, tee, i 


t, no, do, not, swe, wp, fwll. Sub-voc'ls— JBud, leg-Jet, /ime, 


ed, signifies did 


; was; 


or were. 




ING, SI 


ignifies continuing 


to; tending to. 


These suffixes should be annexed to all the words on the 44th and 45th pages. 




LESSON 3.— 


[II. 




3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


a 


au 


law 





wrong 


gall" 


daub 


paw 


cord 


scorch 


mall 


haul 


saw 


cork 


throng 


salt 


laud 


flaw 


form 


4 


want 


vault 


hawk 


sort 


a 


ward 


craunch 


dawn 


chord 


add 


warp 


aw 


pawn 


frost 


band 


scald 


awn 


thaw 


froth 


bag* 


swarm 


caw 


yawn 


scorn 


cash 


thwart 


haw 


crawl 


snort 


camp 




LESSON 4— 


-IV. 




4 


4 


4 


4 


5 


a 


rank 


patch 


stack 


ea 


dash 


sand 


plank 


stamp 


fear 


gash 


tack 


plash 


strand 


gear 


hang 


vamp 


prank 


thank 


heal 


hash 


clamp 


quack 


tramp 


heap 


lack 


clash 


scalp 


twang 


leap 


land 


crash 


scath 


branch 


peal 


lash 


flash 


slash 


splash 


rear 


mash 


gnash 


smack 


thwack sear 


pack 


match 


smash 


scratch 


team 



a Primitive words which form derivatives by the addition of ed and ing, are 
verbs in the present tense ; or words in the form used to express a present action ; 
when ed is added, they become verbs in the imperfect, or past tense ; and when ing 
is added, they become present participles. b Bag ged, bagging. 



r 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


8 

45 


7 8 9 10 11 


12 13 14 


15 


12 3 4 56 


7 8 9 10 


nor, lire, wet, yet, 


adz, azure, sing*, 


this. Aspirates 


.—If, Tie, keep, sit, 


rich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSONS. 


-V. 




5 


5 


5 


5 


5 


ea 


smear 


need 


seem 


steer 


wean 


treat 


peel 


teem 


wheel 


beard . 


streak 


peep 


veer 


breeze 


clear 


ee 


leer 


leech 


screen 


creak 


deed 


reef 


cheer 


speed 


gleam 


deem 


reek 


greet 


screech 


knead 


heed 


reel 


kneel 


ei 


shear 


jeer 


seed 


sneer 


ceil 




LESSON 6. 


—VI. 




5 


6 


6 


6 


6 


ie 


err 


peck 


crest 


wreck 


wield 


vex 


pelt 


perch 


trench 


yield 


deck 


rest 


quell 


wrench 


shield 


dent 


tend 


wrest 


ea 


6 


etch 


vent 


shell 


earn 


e 


fend 


vest 


scent 


dread 


ebb 


melt 


welt 


swell 


learn 


end 


mesh 


yell 


whelm 


yearn 




LESSON 7.- 


-VII. 




6 


8 


8 


8 


8 


ea 


i 


kmk 


till 


pinch 


breast 


fix 


lmk 


tint 


prick 


search 


bilk 


milk 


will 


quill 


7 


dish 


miss 


chill 


quilt 


i 


fill 


nick 


crisp 


stint 


sigh 


hint 


rift 


drift 


swill 


blight 


itch 


risk 


drill 


trick 


plight 


jilt 


tick 


hitch 


trill 

it 


i 


3 






- . -jes 



m 

46 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


8 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 S 
Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, i 


9 10 11 12 
t, no, do, not, swe, 


13 14 

■up, fwll. Sub-voc'jls- 


12 3 4 5 6 
-Bnd, leg, jet, lime, 


ED, Sig] 


rifles did 


;tvas;ox were. 




ING, Sig 


nifies continuing 


to; tending to. 




LESSON 8.— 


VIII. 




8 

i 
twill 


8 

y 

hymn 


9 

toll 
scold 


9 

goad 
loan 


9 

boast 
float 


whisk 
flinch 


lynch 

9 


sport 
troll 


moan 
soak 


gloat 
toast 


scrimp 
switch 
thrill 




jolt 

molt 


oa 
boat 
coat 


soap 
soar 
bloat 


ou 
p^ur 
court 




LESSON 9.- 


-IX. 




9 

ow 

low 


10 
00 

coo 


10 

loop 
root 


10 

spool 
whoop 


ii 



dock 


tow 
flow 


coop 
doom 


toot 
bloom 


scoop 
scAool 


j°gg 
lock 


glow 


fool 


brood 


swoon 


loll 


show 
snow 


hoot 
loom 


droop 
roost 


ou 
group 


romp 
flock 




LESSON 10 


.— X. 




12 

eio 


13 
U 


13 

gush 


13 

rush 


13 

flush 


hew 


cuff 


huff 


rust 


hunch 


mew 


curb 


hull 


suck 


lurch 


brew 


curl 


hurl 


tuck 


munch 


spew 
stew 
screw 


flux 
furl 
gull 


hush 
husk 
lull 


x blush 
crump 
crush 


pluck 

plumb 

spurn 


strew 


gulp 


lump 


crust 


spurt 


* 








1 



1 


THE 


STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


47 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 56 
nor, lii-e, wet, yet, adz, azure, s'mg, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, 


7 8 9 10 
rich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 11. 


—XI. 




13 

u 
stunt 


13 

flirt 
shirk 


13 


wont 


14 
U 

full 


14 

hoop 
look 


thumb 


shirt 


work 


pull 


crook 


trump 
truss 


skirt front 
smirk oo 


push 

00 


01 


i 


twirl 


flood 


book 


oil 


gird 


whir] 


ou 


cook 


boil 


girt 


thirst 


touch 


hook 


coil 




LESSON 12.- 


-XII. 




01 

oint 


oy 

cloy 


ou 

mount 


ou 

wound 


ou 

crowd 


roil 
soil 


ou 

oust 


pouch 
scour 


ow 
bow 


crown 
drown 


toil 


rout 


scout 


vow 


frown 


void 


bound 


shroud 


fowl 


grow] 


hoist 


flour 


souse 


howl 


prowl 


joint 


flout 


slouch 


plow 


scowl 



"The boy mounted his horse, and started. 
He was a fine horse, and bounded off with ease. 
A large dog growled when he passed. The 
horse snorted, and ran, but the boy did not fall. 

The men howed to him when they saw 
him pass. He touched his hat and bowec^to them. 

The horse did not run far. The boy curb- 
ed him, and the men saw him hitching* his 
horse by the gate. When the men passed, 
the horse was pawmg* there. 



a It would be well for pupils to spell their reading lessons. See " Methods of 
Teaching," page 42, and notes on pages 35 and 37. 



-« 



48 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




1 2 


3 4 5 6 7 8 


9 10 11 12 


13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— Ale, arm 


, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, 


wp, fwll. Sub-voc'ls— Bad, leg-Jet, lime, 


EDjSignifies did 


; was; or were. 




ING, S] 


gnifies continuing 


to ; tending to. 


Rule 2. — In words ending wit 


h e, the e is usually omitted before a suffix com- 


mencing with a 


vowel ; as, cage, cag ed, cag ing. 








LESSON 13.— 


XIII. 




1 


1 


1 


i 


1 


a 


face 


lace 


rag-e 


wane 


c&ge 


fade 


lave 


rake 


wave 


cake 


fare 


name 


rate 


Made 


case 


gag-e 


pag-e 


rave 


blaze 


dare 


hate 


pare 


raze 


crape 


date 


jade 


pave 


save 


crave 




LESSON 14.- 


-XIV. 




i 


l 


i 


i 


i 


a 


paste 


share 


stare 


plague 


craze 


plane 


shave 


state 


scrape 


flake 


plate 


slake 


stave 


square 


glare 


quake 


slave 


trace 


sw&the 


glaze 


scale 


snare 


trade 


ai 


grade 


scare 


space 


waste 


raise 


grate 


shade 


spade 


change 


praise 




LESSON 15.- 


-XV. 




2 


2 


3 


5 


5 


a 


chance 


pause 


cere 


tease 


gape 


charge 


aw 


scheme cleave 


carve 


glance 


awe 


ea 


crease 


dance 


starve 


5 


ease 


league 


halve 


3 


e 


cease 


grease 


lance 


au 


eke 


lease 


please 


parse 


cause 


cede 


heave 


sheave 

* 



1 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


49 


7 8 9 10 11 
nor, Hue, toet, ye 


12 13 14 
, adz, azure, sing-, 


15 

this. Aspirates 


12 3 4 56 
.—I/, he, keep, sit, ] 


7 8 9 10 
Ach, fisA, thin, why. 




LESSON 16.- 


-XVI. 




5 

ea 
bre&the 
sheave 


5 

sneeze 

squeeze 

wheeze 


5 

grieve 
pierce 

6 


6 

wedge 

fledge 

swerve 


7 

jibe 

mire 

rive 


wrea^Ae 


i 


e 


7 


tile 


ee 
fleece 


pique 
ie 


merge 
nerve 


i 
dike 


time 
tire 


seethe 


piece 


serve 


fire 


chime 




LESSON n.— 


XVII. 




7 

i 

glide 


7 

stripe 
wri£^e 


8 

i 

live 


8 

tinge 
wince 


9 


bode 


pride 

slice 

tithe 


ie 
die* 
lie 


bilge 
ridge 
rinse 


bridge 
cringe 
fringe 


cope 
gore 
hone 


scribe 


tie 


hinge 


mince 


hope 


shrive 


vie 


singe 


twinge 


mope 




LESSON 18.- 


XVIII. 




9 



10 



12 

u 


12 

ue 


13 

drudge 


pole 


move 


use* 


rue 


trudge 


sole 
slope 
oe 


prove 

00 

ooze 


dupe 

fuse 

lure 


sue 
glue 

13 




love 
shove 


hoe 


groove 


muse 


u 


sponge 


ow 


snooze 


tune 


curve 


ou 


owe 


soo^Ae 


flute 


judge 


scourge 



a In such words as die, lie, &c, 
repetition of i. The e is omitted. 

b In use and many other words, 
twelfth vocal sounds. 



the i is changed to y before ing, to prevent the 

See Rule 2d, page 48. 

the xl represents the eleventh sub-vocal, and the 



a- 



50 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— Jlle, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, full. Sub-voc'jls— Bad, leg; jet, lime, 

ing, signifies continuing to; tending to. 
ER ; signifies the person who ; one who; that which. 

LESSON 19.— XIX. 



1 
ea 


2 

a 


2 

brawl 


5 

ea 


5 

wreak 


bear 


cast 


4 


eat 


ee 


tear 


3 


a 


beat 


feed 


wear 


a 


catch 


hear 


feel 


break 


fall 


clack 


read 


keep 


swear 


aw 
draw 


stand 
tramp 


speak 
steal 


peep 
seek 




LESSON 2 0.- 


-XX. 




5 

ee 
weep 
bleed 


6 

e 

lend 
send 


6 

spend 

ea 
tread 


7 

i 

bind 
find 


7 

uy 
buy 

8 


breed 


sell 


spread 


wind 


i 


creep 


tell 


sweat 


climb 


limn 


sleep 

sweep 

screen 


dwell 

fetch 

smell 


yearn 
breast 
search 


fight 
grind 
plight 


ring 
sing 
sink 




LES 


SON 2 1.— 


XXI. 




8 

i 


8 

sling 


8 

ui 


10 
00 


13 

burst 


bring 


sting 


build 


shoot 


churn 


dick 


swing 


9 


toot 


skulk 


cling 


think 


ow 


13 


snuff 


clink 


wring 


mow 


u 


stuff 


drink 


shrink 


grow 


hurt 


thump 


fling 


spring 


throw 


spurn 


thrust 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



; 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 56 1 8 9 10 

nor, lice, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing, tkis. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, tit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



LESSOR 2 2 .—X XII. 

See Rule 2, page 43. 



a 
make 
race 
take 
shake 
skate 



5 

ea 

leave 
weave 

ee 
freeze 
sneeze 



i 
bite 
dive 
hide 
ride 
rise 



7 

drive 

thrive 

slide 

smite 

strike 

strive 



whine 



give 
live 

10 

choose 



f&T ed, ixg, and er. may all be aSixed to the words in the following lessons. 
LESSOX 23.— XXIII. 



1 
ai 


i 
train 


2 

harp 


2 

graft 


3 

a 


bait 


strain 


lath 


quaff 


balk 


gain 


2 


vant 


snarl 


calk 


wait 


a 


blast 


blanch 


call 


braid 


ask 


chant 


starch 


halt 


paint 
plait 


bark 
bask 


clasp 
class 


3 

au 


talk 
walk 


stain 


farm 


draft 


laud 


wall 




LESSOX 2 4.—: 


SXIV. 




3 

a 


3 

gnaw 


4 

a 


4 

crack 


4 

snatch 


warn 


drawl 


back 


fla-rak 


thatch 


stalk 
squall 


crawl 
brawl 


damp 
rack 


grant 

hatch 


stack 
smash 


aw 
bawl 
claw 


scrawl 
sprawl 
ou 


rant 
sack 
brand 


plant 

spa/ik 

stamp 


scalp 

splash 

thrash 


fawn 


cough 


champ 


tramp 


scratch 



52 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-toc'ls— Bwd, leg-, jet, lime, 

ed, signifies did; was; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to 

er, signifies the person who ; he who; that which. 



These suffixes apply to all the 


words until other suffixes are £ 


jiven. 




LESSON 25.- 


•XXV. 




5 


5 


5 


6 


• - 6 


ea 


dear 


bleach 


e 


dress 


heal 


dream 


preach 


help 


guess 


reap 


feast 


scream 


jest 


press 


seal 


glean 


squeak 


test 


spell 


seat 


plead 


squeal 


belch 


belt 


bleat 


reach 


shear 


blend 


tempt 


cheat 


sneak 


smear 


bless 


wrest 


dean 


steam 


streak 


check 


blench 




LESSON 26.— 


XXVI. 




6 


7 


8 


8 


8 


e 


y 


i 


lift 


ditch 


trench 


dry 6 


mix 


limp 


filch 


sketch 


cry 


fish 


lisp 


frisk 


thresh 


fry 


gild 


mill 


print 


7 


p!y 


hiss 


sift 


shift 


i . 


pry 


kick 


till 


clinch 


sigh 


try 


kill 


tilt 


stitch 


sign 


shy 


kiss 


wink 


squint 


dimb 


spy 


lick 


wish 


twitch 



b Rule 3. — In words ending with y preceded by a sub-vocal or an aspirate, the 
y is usually changed to i before a suffix ; as dry, dri ed, dri er, dri est, dri es, dri ly 
dri ness, &c. ; but the y is not changed before a suffix commencing with i ; as dry- 
ing, baby ish, &c* When the y is preceded by a vocal, it is not changed before a 
suffix ; as, play, play ed, money, money ed, money s, &c.f 

* In a few words the y is changed to e before ous ; as beauty, beaute ous, &c; 
and in some instances the y is rejected before a suffix commencing with i ; as bota- 
ny, botan ist, eulogy, eulog ize, &c. 

t Lay, pay, and say, are exceptions to the last clause of Rule Third, in forming 
their past tenses, which are spelled laid, paid, and said. 



8? 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


53 


7 8 9 10 11 


12 13 14 1 




12 3 4 56 


7 8 9 10 


nor, lire, tret, yet, 


adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.- 


-If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 27.— XXVII. 




9 


9 


9 


9 


9 





scroll 


roam 


roast 


row 


bolt 


oa 


roar 


toast 


sow 


comb 


coax 


board 


broach 


blow 


fold 


doat 


coast 


ou 


crow 


ford 


foam 


croak 


mourn 


flow 


mold 


hoax 


groan 


ow 


stow 


post 


load 


hoard 


mow 


ew 


roll 


loaf 


poach 


own 


sew 


i 


LESSON 28.— XXVIII. 




l 

10 


ii 


ii 


12 


13 


00 





notch 


ew 


u 


coo 


box 


scoff 


hew 


burn 


woo 


dock 


shock 


brew 


buzz 


cool 


doff 


stock 


chew 


cull 


roof 


mock 


a 


spew 


duck 


brood 


rock 


wash 


stew 


dust 


scoop 


botch 


quash 


iew 


hunt 


swoop 


knock 


watch 


view 


lurk 




LESSON 29.— XXIX. 




13 


13 




oi 


ou 


U 


grunt 


01 


foist 


count 


puff 


punch 


boil 


point 


doubt 


pump 


skulk 


coil 


spoil 


found 


brush 


snuff 


foil 


Oil 


pound 


churn 


thump 


join 


pout 


shout 


crump 


trust 


broil 


couch 


vouch 


bump 


hunch 


toil 


mount 


frown 


jump 


husk 


joint 


shroud 


growl 




3* 






% 



54 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




1 2 


3 4 5 6 7 


8 9 10 11 12 


13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— ^21e, orn 


i, oil, at, me, met, ice 


, it, no, do, not, swe 


•up, full. Sub-toc'ls- 


-Bud, leg-Jet, /.me, 


ed, signifies did ; 


ivas ; or 


were. 




ing, signifies continuing to 


; tending 


to. 


er, signifies the per 


son who; 


he ivho ; that which. 


These suffixes may be joined to the words in 


all the lessons until other suffixes 


are given. — See Rule 2, page 48. 










LESSON 3 0.- 


XXX. 




1 


l 


i 


3 


6 


a 


baste 


prate 





pledge 


bake 


h&the 


range 


forge 


ea 


gaze 


brace 


shave 


gorge 


cleanse 


face 


chafe 


skate 


6 


7 


pace 


chase 


stare 


e 


i 


race 


frame 


trace 


delve 


cite 


tame 


graze 


trade 


fence 


dine 


wade 


place 


scrape 


dredge 


fife 


wave 


space 


waste 


wedge 


rive 


paste 


share 


stave 


swerve 


glide 




LESSON 3 1.— XXXI. 




9 


7 


7 


7 


9 


i 


pipe 


smile 


y 


note 


file 


size 


spice 


dye* 


poke 


fine 


wipe 


spike 


rhyme pose 


gibe 


gripe 


splice 


9 


pore 


hire 


bribe 


stripe 





robe 


mine 


chide 


twine 


bore 


rove 


pile 


prime 


whine 


doze 


tole 


pine 


prize 


thrive 


joke 


vote 


chime 


spite 


dike 


hone 


cope 


a The e is l 


etained in dye before ing, to distinguish it from dying, expiring. The 


derivatives are spelled dy ed, dye ing-, dy er. 

g 




* 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



55 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

nor, lire, tret, yet, adz, azure, si/tg-, this. 



Aspirates. 



1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 

-I/, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, uhy. 



Note. — When any word is used as a name it is termed a noun ; as, man, tree, 
Boston, Joint, faith, thought, &c. When a word is used to express an action it is 
termed a verb ; as, speak, run, think; &c. The same word is sometimes u noun, and 
sometimes a verb ; as, l thought of a kind friend, and the thought was pleasant In 
this ease the first thought is a n rh. and the second a noun. \\ hen a word exj 
the name of a single object it is termed a noun in the singular number ; as. man, 
boy. fly. &c. ; and when a word expresses a name SO as to indicate more than one 
object, it is termed a noun in the plural number: as. men, boys, flies. &c. When a 
word expresses the action of a single person or thing, it is termed a verb in the 
singular number; as the boy plays, the bird flies, &c. ; and when a wordexpi 
the actions of more than one, it is termed a verb in theplural number; as. the boV8 
play, the birds/?/, &c. It will be observed that a noun of the singular number, and 
a rerb of the plural number, have the same form ; as, a fly eats ; the birds fly, &c; 
and that & plural noun and a singular rer6, have the same form; as, the flies eat, 
the bird flies, &c. This will suffice to show that the same rule usually applies to the 
forming of plural nouns and singular verbs. 

Rule 4. — The plural of nouns, and the singular of verbs, are usually formed by 
adding 5 to the primitive word ; as, walk, walks ; cake, cakes ; &c. ; but when the 
primitive terminates with o, s, i, z, ch, or sh, the change is effected by adding 
es to the primitive; as, veto, vetoes; kiss, kisses; box, boxes; buzz, buzzes; 
trench, trenches; wish, wishes, &c; and in words terminating with y, preceded 
by a sub-vocal or aspirate, the y is changed to i, and es is added ; as 11 y, 11/cs, &c* 

LESSON 3 2.— XXXII. 



9 



9 

grope 


9 

store 


9 

smoke 


ii 
lodge 


yoke 


probe 


clothe 


stone 


solve 


choke 


quote 


stroke 


ou 


12 


close 


score 


gore 


course 


u 


force 


snore 


oa 


ii 


rule 


mope 


hope 


loathe 


dodge 


fame 




LESSON 3 3.— XXXIII. 




12 


12 


13 




ou 


it 


III 


curve 


Oil 


lounge 


cure 
lure 
puke 
tune 


bruise 
cruise 

13 

u 


purge 

grudge 
plunge 
oi 


gouge 
rouse 
souse 
bounce 


pounce 

spouse 

flounce 

ow 


prune 


mge 


poise 


jounce 


drowse 



* In some words ending with / and/e, those terminations are dropped, and ves 
is added ; as loaf, loaves ; knife, knires, &c. 



-» 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-a 



1 2 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 12 3456 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sice, wp, ft/11. Sub-voc'ls- Bud, leg-, jet, lime, 



ly, signifies like; resembling ; in a — manner. 
ness, sig. the quality of being ; state of being. 

It will be observed that the primitive words are adjectives ; the derivatives 
formed by the addition of ly areadecrbs ; and those formed by the addition of ness 
are nouns. 

LESSON 3 4.— XXXIV. 



& 



1 


1 


1 


2 


2 


a 


sane 


ai 


a 


large 


bare 


brave 


faii- 


calm 


sharp 


lame 


grave 


vain 


dark 


sparse 


late 


spare 


faint 


hard 


3 


pale 


stale 


plain 


tart 


a 


rare 


chaste 


quaint 


vast 


bald 


safe 


strange 


straight 


harsh 


false 




LESSON 35.— XXXV. 




4 


4 


5 


5 


5 


a 


rank 


ea 


ee 


green 


apt 


rash 


deaf a 


deep 


queer 


mad 


black 


dear 


free 


steep 


sad 


bland 


neat 


keen 


sweet 


flat 


blank 


mean 


meek 


ie 


glad 


frank 


weak 


meet 


brief 


lank 


slack 


bleak 


fleet 


fierce 




LESSON 36.— XXXVI. 




6 


7 


7 


7 


8 


e 


i 


mild 


slight 


i 


pert 


high 


wide 


white 


big 


fresh 


kind 


wild 


bright 


dim 


stern 


like 


blind 


bli^Ae 


fit 


terse 


nice 


light 


y 


glib 


dense 


ripe 


tight 


shy 6 


grim 


tense 


vile 


trite 


sly 


rich 


a Deaf, (deef 


3r def.) 








b The derivatives of shy and 


sly are spelled " 


with either i or y 


; thus : shi ly, 


hi ness ; or shy ly, shy ness^ &c. 









*> 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



<k 



57 



10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 56 1 8 9 10 

nor, lire, u<et, yet, adz, azure, sing", this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, u'hy. 



LESSON 3 7.— XXXVII. 



8 

sick 

thin 

slim 

trim 

brisk 

quick 

stiff 



8 
ill" 

still 

shrill 

thick 

swift 

strict 

bold 



9 

cold 

close 

sore 

prone 

droll 

gross 

ghost 

coarse 



hoarse 
slow 

10 

loose 
smoo^Ae 

ii 
hot 
fond 



LESSON 3 8.— XXXVIII. 



13 13 

dumb blunt 

dull flush 

grum gruff 

just plump 

numb rough 

shrewd snug tough 



12 

true 

crude 

spruce 

new 

lewd 



13 

firm 

14 

good 
oi 
moist 
choice 



ii 
prompt 
wan 

12 

cute 

huge 

mute 

pure 

rude 



loud 

sour 

proud 

round 

sound 

stout 



The man was pale and thin, for he was 
sick/y. He went on slow/?/, leaning on his 
staff. When he passed, all the boys took their 
hats off and bowed to him. He smiled when 
he saw them bowing. 

Then the good man sat down to rest, and 
the boys went up to him. Illness had made 
him hoarse, but he spoke kind/*/ to the boys. 
When he touched them, they felt the coldness 
of his hands. He talked so kindly to the boys 
that tears ran down their cheeks. 



* The letter representing the sound will hereafter usually be omitted. 
a The derivatives of ill, still, &c, are spelled il /y, still y, &c. When the 
primitive word ends in 11, y only is added in forming the derivative. 



R- 



-» 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 56789 10 II 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— ^le, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, wp, full. Sub-toc'ls — Bad, leg-, jet, lime, 



SECTION V. 

This section contains words of two syllables classed with reference to their 
forming derivatives by the addition of particular suffixes. 

ly, signifies like ; resembling ; in a — manner.^ 



All the words in the first, second and third lessons of this section, form deriva- 
tives by the addition of ly. — See " Methods of Teaching," page 42. 



fa' mous 
na sal 
na tal 
native 
pa g-eant 
pa tient 
va cant 
fla grant 
flam ing 



LESSON 1.— I. 

4 



va' grant 
mai den 
neigh bor 

2 

fa' ^er 
art ful 
mar tial 
mass ive 
flaunt ing 



&n gry 
ar rant 
has tard 
gal lant 
hap less 
mat ron 
ram pant 
sham bling 
slat tern 



stag' nant 
tac it 

5 

de' cent 
pe nal 
tear ful 
leis ure 
shield less 
su preme' 



LESSON 

6 

pend' ent 
pres ent 
shep herd 
spe cial 
veng*e ful 
verb al 
ver dant 
ex pert' 
in tent 



2.— II. 



5 

e 

re' cent 
re gal 

6 

end' less 
men tal 
cer tain 
fer vent 
fes tal 

f In applying this definition to the derivative words, the primitive words should 
be placed between a and manner ; thus, famous/?/, in a famous manner; flagrant/?/, 
in a flagrant manner, &c. 

a In words ending with ?/, the y is usually changed to i before an additional syl- 
lable ; as, angry, angri ly ; racy, racz ness, &c. — See Rule Third, page 52. 



heav' en 
heav y a 

7 

pi' ous 
mi sex 
fi brous 
fi nite 
gi ant 
ire ful 



swin' ish 
be nign' 
en tire 
ob lique 
un wise 

8 

dis' mal 
dis tant 
filial 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-* 



7 S 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

?ivr, live, u-et, j/et, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— I/, he, keep, sit, rich, nsh, thin, why. 



gib' bous 
in stant 
in ward 
nig gard 
piq u ant 
sig nal 
sis ter 
tip sy 

9 

o' ral 
o val 
o vert 
po tent 



LESSON 3.— III. 
9 12 

sol 7 dier tru' ant 
to tal hu mid 

moan ful tune ful 



ii 
god" less 
hon est 
mod est 

it 

flu' ent 
hu man 
lu cid 
pru dent 
pru dish 



13 

ful' gent 
fur tive 
lub ber 
lus troiis 
pub lie 
pun gent 
pur pose 
turk ish 
ur gent 



hroth' er 
moth er 
won drous 

oi 
poig' nant 
loy al 
roy al 
ou 

out' ward 
cow ard 
down ward 

buoy' ant 



LESSON 4.— IV. 

ness, sig. the quality of being ; state of being. 



la' tent* 
ra cy* 
seal y 
state ly 
hair y 
ob late' 
o paque 
se date 

3 

caus' tic 
storm y 
for lorn' 

a It should 
indicates the v 



a' cid 
ac rid 
am pie 
man ly 
rag ged 
sal low 
sand y 
sap id 
scab by 
scrag gy 
shal low 
frac tious 



fee' ble 
seem ly 

feV id 
flesh y 
gen tie 
help ful 
rest ive 
test y 
friend ly 
a lert' 
in ert 



i'dle 
i cy 
live ly 
spright ly 
time ly 
tire some 
un ripe" 

8 

diz' zy 
tick le 
grit ty 
lim ber 



be borne in mind that the figure at the head of a column of words 
r ocal sound in the accented syllable. b See Rule Third, page 52 



»- 



60 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 12345R 

Vocals— Jlle, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bad, leg, jet, lime, 



ly, signifies like ; resembling ; in a — manner. 
ness, sig. the quality of being ; state of being. 

When one or more suffixes, (as, ly and ness,) are placed at the head of a left 
hand page, all the words on that page and the following one form derivatives by the 
addition of such suffix or suffixes, unless otherwise stated, and all the derivatives 
thus formed should be spelled and defined ; as, naked/?/, in a naked manner ; naked- 
ness, the state of being naked, or the condition of being naked ; grateful/?/, in a grate- 
ful maimer ; grateful7iess, the quality of being grateful, &c. See u Methods of 
Teaching," page 42. 

LESSON 5.— V. 



1 
na' ked 


1 

hast' y 


i 
taste' ful 


1 

weight' y 


grate ful 


hate ful 


wake ful 


hu mane' 


an cient 


knav ish 


wa ry 


in nate 


bab ish 


la zy 


waste ful 


un safe 


bale ful 


sa cred 


daint y 


un fair 


bane fu] 


sha dy 


faith ful 


2 


care ful 


shame ful 


faith less 


ar'dent 


era zy a 


slav ish 


pain ful 


art ful 


grace ful 


spa cious 


plaint ive 


craft y 


gra cious 


spar ing 


hein ous 


glass y 




LESSON 6.— VI. 




2 


3 


3 


4 


hard" y 


fault' y 


mor' bid 


can" did 


mass ive 


gaudy 


scorn ful 


cap tious 


qualm ish 


haugh ty 


sor did 


damp ish 


tar dy 


naught y 


thought ful das tard 


wrath ful 


nau seous 


4 


fac tious 


heart y 


sau cy 


a^x' ious 


flab by 


3 


awk ward 


back ward 


flac cid 


par try 


law less 


bar ren 


frac tious 


salt ish 


taw dry 


bash ful 


fran tic 


swar thj 


gor g*eous 


cal lous 


glad some 


a Tt should he borne in mind that the y is changed to i before an additional syl- 


lable ; as craz i ness. — See Rule Third, 


page 52. 





£ _ 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


— m 

61 


IS 9 10 11 


12 13 14 15 


12 3 4 f 


6 7 8 9 10 


Hor, lire, wet, yet, i 


d.2. azure, sing, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, . 


it, rich, fisA, thin, why. 




LESSOjS" 7.— VII. 




4 


4 


5 


5 


hag' gard 


shab by 


se' cret 


spe' cious 


hand some 


k snap pish 


ea ger 


greed y 


handy 


thawk ful 


ea sy 


green ish 


hap py 


thank less 


fear ful 


heed ful 


\an guid 


tran sient 


grea sj 


heed less 


man ful 


val iant 


mea ger 


need less 


nar row 


vap id 


peace ful 


pee vish 


nas ty 


wag gish 


squeam ish 


sheep ish 


pas sive 


ab stract' 


wea ry 


sleep y 


rab id 


com pact 


com piete' 


speed y 


saw guine 


5 


con crete 


spleen ish 


sav ag*e 


e' ven 


se rene 


griev ous 


scant y 


fre quent 


un clean 


thiev ish 




LESSOR 


r 8.— viii. 




5 


6 


6 


7 


dis creel/ 


pre' cious 


pleas' ant 


fright' ful 


gen teel 


reck less 


stead v 


mind ful 


u nique 


quench less stealth y 


pli ant 


6 


red dish 


zeal ous 


pri vate 


clev' er 


rest less 


ab ject' 


qui et 


fer vid 


self ish 


a verse 


right eons 


fret ful 


slen der 


com press 


right ful 


help less 


splen did 


gro tesque 


si lent 


lep rous 


ten der 


in verse 


spi cy 


' mer ry 


wretch ed 


trans verse 


spite ful 


nerv ous 


dread ful 


su perb 


ti dy 


pen sive 


earn est 


7 


con cise' 


per feet 


health ful 


child' ish 


con dign 


ipet tish 


health y 


dire ful 


di vine 



62 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— Jlle, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls— -Bud, leg-,j'et, lime, 



ly, signifies like; resembling; in a — manner. 
ness, sig. the quality of being ; state of being. 



LESSON 9.— IX. 



po lite' 
pre cise 
su pine 
un kind 

bit' ter 
bliss ful 
brill iant 
filth y 
Aim sy 
flip pant 
frig* id 
gid dy 

10 

fool' ish 
gloom y 
mood y 
room y 
un couth' 

ii 
com' mon 
con scions 
con trite 
cos tive 
dog ged 
flor id 
fop pish 



mist' y 
sick ish 
sin ful 
sin less 
skill ful 
skit tish 
tick lish 
vi cious 
viv id 
wick ed 
will ful 
will ing 
wish ful 



wist' ful 
wit ty 
guilty 
dis tmct' 
re miss 
sue cmct 

9 

co' zy 
dole ful 
fro ward 
hope ful 
hope Jess 
lone some 



-x. 



LESSON 10. 
n 
squal' id 
wasp ish 
watch ful 



12 



for' ward 

gloss y 

hog gish 

mod era. 

mon strous cru' el 

noxious futile 

pom pous 

prop er 

romp ish 

sloth ful 

sol emn 

som brous 

sot tish 



ru ral 

ruth ful 
truth ful 
use ful 
use less 
fruit ful 
youth ful 



mop' ish 
po rous 
rogue ish 
so ber 
so cial 
sport ive 
to ward 
whole some 
lo&th some 
woe ful 
mourn ful 
mo rose' 
re mote 

12 

a cute' 
as tute 
ab struse 
mi nute 
ob tuse 
pro fuse 






brous 



13 

cum' 
cun ning 
cur rent 
cur rish 
drunk en 
ful some 



*- 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



10 11 12 13 

u'et, yet, adz, azure, 



14 15 
inig-, this 



12 3456 7 89 10 
Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, Ush, thin, tvhj. 



The suffixes on 
13 

luck' y 
hurt ful 
husk y 
lus cious 
lust ful 
rug ged 
rust y 
scur vy 
slug gish 
slut tish 
smut ty 
stub born 
stur dy 



LESSON 

page 62 should be 



13 

sud' den 
ky 
len 



sui 
sul 



gum my 
sub tile 
trust ful 
trust y 
up right 
dirt y 
girl ish 
irk some 
mirth ful 
thirst y 



11.— XI. 

annexed to the words 
13 

cov' ert 
slov' en 
thor ough 
worth less 
wor thy 
ab rapt' 
au gust 
ro bust 
oc cult 
un just 
in firm 

ou 
d rows' y 



in this lesson. 
oi 

nois y 
toil some 
joy ful 
joy ish 
a droit' 
con joint 

ou 
doubt' ful 
gout y 
lous y 
clown ish 
de vout' 
pro found 



LESSON 12.— XII. 



The words in this lesson form derivatives by the addition of nes, 



B- 



9 11 13 

home' sick frost' y rud' dy 

lone ly god ly scurf y 

no ble som ber sul try 

port ly rot ten sup pie 

ro py 12 sur ly 

sport less pu' trid tur bid 

mould y pu ny ug ly 

low ly mu cid love ly 

if juicy spongy 

cog' nate 13 world ly 

fog gy mud' dy touch ing 

froth y musk y 14 

dross y purs y soot y 

a ness, when affixed to forgive and some other words, signifies the act of; as, 
forgive ness, the act of forgiving, o See Rule 3, page 52. 



lit' tie 

liv id 
nim ble 
prick ly 
sil ly 
siin pie 
si/2 gle 
springy 
skit tish 
for give'" 

9 

ghost' ly* 
home ly 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



* 



1 2 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 12 3456 

Vocals— Jile, arm, all, at, me, met, tee, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls- -JBud, leg-, jet, lime, 



ed ; signifies did ; was ; or ivere. 

ing, signifies continuing to; tending to. 

These suffixes should be annexed to the words on this page and the following 
ane. See note on page CO. The y in va ry, fer ry, &c, is changed to i. See Rule 
3d, page 52. It would be well for the teacher or one of the pupils to be furnished 
with the definitions of the primitive words. See Methods of Teaching, page 42. 





LESSON 


13.— XIII. 




1 

chas' ten 


l 

re frain' 


i 
dis may" 


i 
era' ven 


wa gex 


un braid 


de cay 


hast en 


sa vor 


re gain 


es say 


ta per 


la bel 


en grain 


re main 


cray on 


sta tion 


im pair 


dis dain 


2 


vary 


un chain 


un vail 


par' ley 


strait en 


de lay 


up braid 


gar ter 


ab stain' 


o bey 


pre vail 


gar land 


ac claim 


pur vey 


re strain 


har bor 


a vail 


sur vey 


wak' en 


mar shal 


ac quaint 


con vey 


fa vor 


har ness 




LESSON 


14.— XIV. 




2 


2 


3 


4 


sharp" en 


dis mast' 


ab sorb' 


shad' ow 


par eel 


be calm 


re tort 


stag ger 


tar nish 


3 


re sort 


glad den 


gar ner 


far ter 


es cort 


pain per 


mas ter 


quar ter 


trans form 


tram mel 


char ter 


slaugh ter 


sub orn 


fam ish 


heark en 


au dit 


de form 


gam bol 


re gard' 


au gur 


4 


fal low 


em bark 


bor der 


tarn' per 


grav el 


de part 


short en 


scaf fold 


scat ter 


re tard 


ap pal' 


shat ter 


scam per 


dis arm 


fore stall 


rav el 


van ish 


dis card 


a dorn 


trav ail 


gal lop 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 567 8 9 10 

nor, life, ruet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fisA, thin, u'hy. 



LESSON 
4 



15.— XV. 



pat' ter 


spat' ter 


dis band' 


re veal' 


pan el 


fat ten 


ex pand 


re treat 


mar ry 


jab ber 


re cant 


en treat 


sal ly a 


flat ten 


dis plant 


un seal 


ran sack 


ham mer 


re mand 


en dear 


hap pen 


bal lot 


en stamp 


re peal 


hank er 


bar rel 


de tach 


es teem 


ham per 


c&n ker 


im plant 


ve neer 


rab bet 


chan nel 


re lax 


ex ceed 


tat ter 


ral ly 


5 5 


re ceipt 


pat tern 


sane tion 


con gea,Y 


ve" to 


haz ard 


slack en 


de mean 


sweet en 


par ry 


sad den 


re peat 


cheap en 




LESSON 


16.— XVI. 




6 


6 


6 


6 


cen' ter 


fet' ter 


men' tion 


ap pend' 


teth er 


tern per 


wel come 


an nex 


red den 


ten ant 


dead en 


sus pect 


wel ter 


fer ry 


we&th er 


re quest 


ech o 


per il 


jeop ard 


neg lect 


sec ond 


ed dy 


ab sent' 


in vert 


sev er 


en ter 


ac cent 


in fest 


length en 


hec tor 


ad dress 


tra ject 


fer ret 


less en 


af feet 


re spect 


trel lis 


rev el 


be deck 


por tend 


ten der 


pen cil 


con cern 


re lent 


fes ter 


lev y 


con cert 


re dress 


pes ter 


shel ter 


con g*est 


pre sent 


let ter 


smel ter 


as cend 


ex pend 


a The derivatives of sally, rally, &e 


, are spelled sal'' lied, 


sally* ing, raV lied, 


rally* iwg, &c. See Rule Third, page 52. 
g . 




a 



« 



i 




- 


8 


66 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




12 3 4 


5 6 7 8 9 10 


11 12 13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— .^le, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do 


not, sue, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls- -Bad, leg-, jet, lime, 


ed, signifies did; was; ox were. 




ing, sign 


Lfies continuing to ; tending to. 




LESSON 


11.— XVII. 




6 

un dress' 


6 

de scend' 


7 

light' en 


de light' 


per plex 


dis cern a 


wid en 


re sign 


dis tend 


ex tend 


di et 


re mind 


de pend 


ex press 


tri umph 


im ply 


trans cend 


im press 


ri pen 


de sign 


in tend 


per feet 


lik en 


8 


dis tress 


per vert 


ri val 


chis' el 


mis spell 


re vert 


height en 


blis ter 


di vest 


im pend 


pi lot 


tin sel 


ex pect 


in dent 


ally' 


pick et 


be friend 


di gress 


de cry 


tit ter 


be head 


di g*est 


ma lign 


stiff en 




LESSON 


18.— X VIII. 




a 
flick' er 


8 

splin' ter 


8 

fm ger 


ful fill' 


glim mer 


glis ten 


pin ion 


mis print 


tim ber 


vict ual 


fil let 


im print 


sick en 


wit ness 


lit ter 


suf fix 


hie cough 6 


thick en 


in grain 


sub sist 


hin der 


vis it 


whis per 


de pict 


glit ter 


shriv el 


whim per 


ex ist 


pity 


fil ter 


quiv er 


in still 


sim per 


dif fer 


snick er 


un twist 


mil dew 


shiv er 


dis tance 


in sist 


riv et 


crim son 


frit ter 


pre fix 


with er 


mir ror 


de sist' 


af fix 


win ter 


pil low 


trans fix 


ad diet 


sim mer 


dis trict 


en rich 


per sist 


a Dis cern (diz zern') 


b Hie cough (hik 


'up.) 


m — — 






8 



THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



67 



7 8 9 10 11 
nor, lire, tret, yet, 



12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 

idz, azure, si?ig-, this. Aspirates. — If, he, keep, sit, rich, &sh, thin, why. 



LESSON 19.— XIX. 



por' tion 
o pen 
mo tion 
mold er 
smol der 
shoul der 
af ford' 
un fold 
dis own 
re proach 
pa trol 
de port 
un bolt 



10 

bo' som 
loos en 
en tomb' 
fes toon 
sham poo 
bar poon 
tat too 

ii 
bot' torn 
offer 
col lar 
bios som 
con quer 



ii 

po£A' er 
pros per 
prof fer 
doc tor 
tot ter 
sol der 
jock ey 
vom it 
pock et 
sor raw 
hoi low 
fos ter 
no'n plus 



ii 
non' suit 
fod der 
foth er 
wan der 
swal low 
wa ter 
quar rel 
a dopt' 
re spond 
ac cost 
be long 
pro long 
both er 



LESSON 20.— XX. 



12 

ru' in 


13 

mus' ter 


13 

fur' ther 


13 

re fund' 


hu mor 


shud der 


sur feit 


ex ult 


re cruit' 


trum.pet 


num ber 


re buff 


im pugn 


sput ter 


mur mur 


re suit 


re new 


sue COY 


cur tain 


un furl 


es chew 


flut ter 


hov er 


dis gust 


13 


flus ter 


shov el 


in crust 


clus' ter 


stud y 


cov er 


mis trust 


cum ber 


hurt ger 


smotk er 


sue cumb 


lum ber 


hus band 


com pass 


en trust 


slum ber 


sun der 


col or 


en gulf 


puck er 


cud gel 


tough en - 


14 


pur port 


tun nel 


jour ney 


butch' er 


flur ry 


ush er 


rough en 


cush ion 


fur row 


thun der 


ob struct' 


hood wink 



63 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, zee, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, lull. Sub-voc'ls — Bud, leg-,jet, Jime, 



ed, signifies did; was; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

The final e is omitted in the words of the 22d, 23d, 24th, 25th and 26th lessons of 
this section, in forming their derivatives. See Rule 2d, page 48. 



LESSON 21.— XXI. 



con join' 
adjoin 
sub join 
dis join 
dis joint 
al loy 



fa' ble 
sta ble 
era die 
sa tiate 
block ade' 
be have 
re place 
in flame 
un swathe 
em brace 
en rage 
mis place 
de grade 
e vade 
stock ade 
per vade 
in hale 



moist' en 

ou 
a bound' 
a mount 
ac count 
re dound 



ou 

en shroud' 
re bound 
sur round 
dis mount 
floun' der 
coun sel 



LESSON 22.— XXII 



per suade' 
dis suade 
pa rade 
re trace 
es cape 
ex hale 
em bale 
dis grace 

2 

star' tie 
gar gle 
spark le 
pas ture 
mar ble 
ar gue 
sur charge' 
dis charge 



mort' gage 
mor tise 

4 

taw' gle 
daz zle 
tram pie 
pad die 
crack le 
shack le 
frac ture 
rat tie 
prac tice 
scrab ble 
straw gle 
dan die 
han die 
dap pie 



flow' er 
tow er 
cow er 
pow der | 
trow el | 
show er | 



man' tie 
crawk le 
ad die 
bram ble 
cap ture 
strad die 
rawk le 
sad die 
val ue 
e lapse' 
re lapse 
ha rangue 

5 

whee' die 
peo pie 
ac cede' 
de cease 



& 






£ 




THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


69 


7 S 9 10 11 1 


1 13 14 15 


12 3 4 


56 7 8 9 10 


nor, lire, wet, yet, ad:: 


, azure, sing, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, 


sit, rich, risft, thin, why. 




LESSON 


2 3 .—X XIII. 




5 

un sheave' 


6 

cen' sure 


6 

ven' ture 


ri' fle 


im pede 


ter race 


ex ile 


li cense 


pre cede 


per jure 


treas ure 


si lence 


re vere 


del uge 


in cense' 


ar rive' 


re cede 


ges ture 


e merge 


cap size 


dis please 


pref ace 


im merge 


re cline 


in crease 


sen tence 


pre serve 


im bibe 


de crease 


speck le 


sub merge 


re side 


re prieve 


res cue 


con verse 


dis like 


re trieve 


des tine 


con verge 


sub side 


ag grieve 


net tie 


di verge 


pre side 


fa tigue 


fer ule 


7 


pre scribe 


dis seize 


men ace 


sti' fle 


re spire 




LESSON 


2 4.— XXIV. 




re quite' 


7 

u nite' 


tick' le 


8 

in' voice 


pre mise 


en shrine 


rid die 


e clipse' 


sur prise 


8 


kin die 


un hinge 


de mise 


shin' gle 


crip pie 


9 


in cise 


fil trate 


crink le 


o' gle 


ex pire 


swm g]e 


fig ure 


poul tice 


re cite 


in stance 


crim pie 


con voke' 


re vive 


tink le 


wrink le 


de note 


o blige 


tine ture 


is sue 


e voke 


in vite 


tin gle 


pick le 


un yoke 


un tie a 


jin gle 


twink le 


re store 


trans pire 


in jure 


rip pie 


re pose 


suf fice 6 


dwin die 


min gle 


un robe 


en twine 


driz zle 


nib ble 


in voke 


a Un tie, 

x 


un tied, un ty ing. 


b Suffice (suf fize.) 
— * 



70 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




1 2 3 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


11 12 13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— ^le, arm, all 


, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do 


not, sue, ti-p, full. Sub-voc'ls- -Bud, leg;, jet, lime, 


ed, signifie 


s did; was; 


or were. 




ing, signifi 


es continuing to ; tending to. 




LESSON 


2 5.— XXV. 




9 


11 


12 


12 


en robe' 


jos' tie 


ad duce' 


pe ruse' 


trans pose 


prom ise 


ad jure 


re fute 


re voke 


throt tie 


al lude 


ex hume 


en core 


fon die 


at tune 


re pute 


en close 


con strue 


ensue 


dis use 


dis close 


swad die 


pro trade 


mis rule 


fore close 


wat tie 


se elude 


e lude 


ii 


dis lodge' 


ma nure 


ex elude 


jog' gle 


in volve 


e duce 


in sure 


tod die 


de volve 


trans mute 


de nude 


gob ble 


re solve 


in due 


per fume 


hop pie 


e volve 


mis use 


sub due 




LESSON 26.— XXVI. 




12 


13 


13 


13 


im pute' 


ipunc' ture 


rum' mage 


gur' gle 


in hume 


stum ble 


ruin pie 


hum ble 


ob scure 


ruf fie 


trim die 


coup le 


im brae 


suck le 


knuck le 


doub le 


de pute 


truck le 


bub ble 


muffle 


ma ture 


crum pie 


guz zle 


troub le 


il hide 


turn ble 


crum ble 


smug gle 


in elude 


pur chase 


hud die 


ac curse' 


in fuse 


rup ture 


curd le 


ex punge 


re fuse 


ruin ble 


mum ble 


ad judge 


re duce 


gir die 


nur ture 


in dulge 


ex ude 


rus tie 


muz zle 


mis judge 


scru' pie 


sculp ture 


hus tie 


di vul ge 
■ 1 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



f 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 

no/% lice, t*"et, yet, a&z. azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



ed, signifies did; was ; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

er, signifies the person who; he who ; that which. 



LESSON 21.— XXVII. 



ca per 
bla zon 
ca ter 
la bor 
ar ray' 
as say 
por tray 
dis play 
a wait 
be wail 
de tail 



ba^' quet 
ban ter 
bat ter 
brand ish 
1 can eel 
j can vass 
I car ol 
cav il 
chat ter 
clam ber 
clam or 
clat ter 
i 



de claim' 
ex claim 
dis claim 
re tain 
cur tail 
re tail 
pro claim 

2 

bar' ter 
fast en 
dark en 



gar' den 
har den 
har vest 
var nish 
bar gain 
a larm' 

3 

bor' der 
tort ure 
saun ter 
cau tion 



LESSON 28.— XXVIII. 



flat' ter 
la^ guish 
slan der 
ran som 
trav el 
slab ber 
g&th er 
fan cy 
har ass 
stam mer 
gam mon 
har row 



tal' ly 
sw^ag ger 
va?z quish 
tar ry 
rav en 
dal ly 
sup plant' 
trans plant 
dis patch 
des cant 

5 

deep' en 



a ward' 
ac cord 
in form 
re cord 
ex hort 
re form 
re ward 
ex alt 
de fault 
de bauch 
ap plaud 



ap pear 
im nlead 

6 

beck' on 
bel low 
cher ish 
reck on 
pen sion 
lev el 
el bow 
tres pass 
ques tion 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— Ale, ana, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, up, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-, jet, lime, 



ed, signifies did ; was ; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

er, signifies the person who; one who; that which. 





LESSON 


29.— XXIX. 




6 


6 


7 


8 


emp' ty 


ad vert' 


li' bel 


win' now 


threat en 


at tend 


ri ot 


pil fer 


strength en 


pro test 


whit en 


pris on 


a vert' 


pre tend 


fright en 


lm ger 


ce ment 


dis sent 


ci pher 


swiv el 


con sent 


di vert 


com ply /a 


lis ten 


con temn 


of fend 


de ny 


fid get 


con tend 


fo ment 


de cry 


fin ish 


con vert 


e rect 


espy 


cArist en 


ca ress 


sub vert 


sup ply 


as sist' 


ac cept 


sus pend 


de fy 


be witch 


as sent 


mo lest 


re ply 


de pict 




LESSON 


30.— XXX. 




9 


11 


13 


13 


bol' ster 


scar lop 


bur' den 


coz' en 


so journ 


wal lop 


blun der 


coy et 


re port' 


wal low 


blus ter 


com fort 


10 


squan der 


pub lish 


wor ship 


lam poon' 


cop y 


fur nish 


skir mish 


har poon 


re volt' 


mut ter 


flour ish 


ii 


12 


cur ry 


dis trust' 


bor'row 


be dew' 


hur ry 


in suit 


com. ment 


re view 


plun der 


re turn 


pon der 


13 


stuc CO 


cor rupt 


grov el 


buff' et 


mur der 


con suit 


fol low 


burn ish 


sum mon 


af front 


a In words ending with y, the y is 


usually changed to x 


before a suffix. Pee 


Rule 3d page 52. 






- i 



$ 



$ 





THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


73" 


7 8 9 10 11 12 


13 14 15 


123456 7 8 9 10 


nor, lire, u-et, .yet, adz, 


azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, nsh, thin, why. 




LESSON 


3 1.— XXXI. 




01 

clois' ter 


oi 

pnr loin' 


ou 

com. pound' 


ou 

a bound' 


loi ter 


de coy 


pro found 


ac count 


re coir 


de stroy 


ex pound 


dis mount 


de spoil 


an noy 


de vour 


en shroud 




LESSON I 


12.— XXXII. 




The final e is omitted in the words of the 32d, 33d, and 34th lessons, in forming 


their derivatives. See Rule 2d, page 48. 






1 

de bate' 


bat' tie 


4 

ram' ble 


4 
strag' gle 


de base 


bal ance 


span gle 


5 


de fame 


cab bage 


drab ble 


se cede' 


in vade 


cack le 


wran gle 


ad here 


en grave 


chal leng 


e gam ble 


bias pheme 


in snare 


bab ble 


tat tie 


be league 


ex change 


an gle 


jan gle 


in trigue 


com pare 


hag gle 


rav age 


be lieve 


in flame 


gab ble 


dan gle 


be siege 


de grade 


dab ble 


raffle 


re ceive 




LESSON 33.— XXXIII 




6 

a venge' 


7 

ad mire' 


7 

pro vide' 


sur mise' 


co erce 


ad vise 


in dite 


bri' die 


dis pense 


at tire 


in quire 


tri fle 


re venge 


de file 


de ride 


8 


re hearse 


com. pile 


di vide 


jin' gle 


ped' die 


com. prise 


re pine 


gig gle 


med die 


con fide 


sub scribe 


fiddle 


trem ble 


con nive 


in scribe 


quib ble 


wres tie 


con spire 


re vile 


scrib ble 


lee ture 


as pire 


pro scribe 


sprink le 


gesture 


as size 


tran scribe wliis tie 



A> 



n 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-m 



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 

Vocals— .tfle, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, up, full. Scb-voc'l,s— Bad, leg-.Jet, lime 



ed, signifies did ; was ; or were. 

ing-, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

er, signifies t he person who; one who; that which. 

LESSON 3 4.— XXXIV. 



8 

pil' lag-e 
tip pie 
swin die 


10 

ap prove' 
dis prove 

ii 


12 

ac cuse' 
as sume 
col lude 


12 

in trude' 
re buke 
sa lute 


con vince' 


ab solve' 


com. mute 


13 


9 


dis solve 


con dude 


cir' cle 


a dore' 


re volve 


as sure 


puz zle 


com pose 


bot' tie 


mis rule 


furn ble 


cor rode 
ex plore 


cob ble 
hob ble 


pre lude 
de lude 


grum ble 
jum ble 


pro pose 
im pose 


wad die 
twad die 


ex cuse 
tra dnce 


strug gle 
scuf fie 


im plore 


squab ble 


se duce 


snuffle 


dis robe 


12 


pur sue 


shuf fie 


ex plode 


ab jure' 


ob trude 


re joice 


ex pose 


a base 


pro duce 


es pouse 



, Two boys went out into the woods with 
their dog and guns. They saw where a fox 
had crossed the road. The dog barked and 
ran off in the woods. The boys heard him 
bark, and knew he was after the fox. 

They soon saw the dog pursuing the fox. 
One of the boys shot at the fox, but did not hit 
him. Then he ran off in the woods. The dog 
was soon so far away that the boys could not 
hear him bark. Night came on, and the boys 
went home, leaving the dog in the woods. 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-« 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

nor, lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, 



12 3 456 7 89 10 
Aspirates. — If, he, keep, sit, rich, nsh, thin, why. 



ation, sig. the act of; state of being; that which. 

The words on this page form derivatives by the addition of ed, ing, and ation. 

35. 



de fame' 
in flame" 
pro fane 
de dare 
pre pare 
de grade 
de claim 6 
ex 6*1 aim 
pro claim 
re pair 
va' ry 

3 

in stall' 
in form 
re form 



LESSON 

3 

ex hort' 

4 

re cant' 
re lax 



-xxxv. 

6 

pre serve' 
re serve 
pro test 

7 



trans plant de cline' 



val' ue 

6 

com mend' 
con verse 
de test 
dis pense 
fer merit 
fo ment 
ob serve 
pre sent 



trans form la ment 



in cline 
in vite 
ex pire 
re cite 
re sign 

9 

a dore' 
ex port 
ex plore 
con sole 
re store 



re voke' 
trans port 
im port 

12 

ac cuse' 
de pute 
dis pute 
sa lute 
im pute 
re fute 
re pute 
trans mute 
ru' in 

13 

pub' lish c 
in crust' 



LESSON 3 6.— XXXVI. 



for' ti fy e * ex am' ine dis fig' ure 

mor ti fy c im ag* ine pre fig ure 

i e mys' ti fy e 

man' i fest ed' i fy e sig ni fy e 

sane ti fy e spec i fy e n 

rat i fy e de term' ine mol' li fy* 

grat i fy e rec oin mend' qual i fy e 

a In flam ma' tion, the state of being- inflamed, b In declaim, repair, and similar 
words, the i preceding the final letter is omitted before ation — dec la ma' tion. 
c In publi.s/t, the sh is exchanged for c before ation. e The y is changed to i, and 
cation is added — for ti fi ca' tion, &c. 



«- 



g 

76 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


a 


1 2 3 
VocAiS— Ale, arm, all 


4 5 6 7 8 9 
at,- me, met, ice, it, no, 


10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 
do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-voc':ls— Bud, legjet, lime, 




SECTION VI. 




This section contains words of two syllables, classed with reference to the vocal 
sounds in the accented syllable. Many of them have no derivatives, and those 
which have could not be advantageously classed with reference to them. 




LESSON 1.— I. 




1 


1 


1 


i 


cam' brie 
cham ber 


pa' thos 
pa tience 


ra' zor 
sa ber 


sta 7 ging 
sta pie 


ch& os 


pa tron 


sa ble 


state ment 


man gex 
pa geant 
na vel 


pave ment sa chem 
pha ros safe ty 
qua ver sa go 


stra ta 
stra turn 
ta ble 


pa pal 


ra dix 


sales man ta bor 


pa per 


ra tio 


sa tan 


tak en 


pa pist 
pas try 


ra tion 
ra ven 


sav iour 
shak en 


va por 
wa fer 




LESSON 2.— II. 




i 


l 


i 


i 


wa' ges for gave' 
ware house mis date 


prai' rie 
rai ment 


cham paign'* 
con straint 


ar cade' 


po made 


rain y 


do main 


a ware 


ur bane 


sail or 


re straint 


be came 


cai' tiff 


tail or 


gae' lie 


be ware 


dai ly 


trai tor 


me lee c 


cas cade 


dai ry 


waist coat 


there fore 


cha rade a 


frail ty 


a fraid' 


great ness 


cock ade 


fair ly 


ar raign 


eight een 


es tate 
a wake 


jail er 
bail iff 


cam paign 
re strain 


sleigh ing 
eigh teenth 


se date 


faint ing 


con tain 


neigh bor 


mis take 


mai den 


con strain 


neigh ing 


ob late 


daint y 


re main 


eight y 


a Cha rade (sha rade'.) b Cham paign (sham pane'.) c 


Me lee (ma' la.) 



fc- 



* 






m 




THE STUDENT 


"S SPELLER. 


77 


7 8 9 10 11 


12 13 14 15 


12 3 4 


5 6 7 8 9 10 


?ior. lire, wet, yet, ac 


z, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, Ae, keep, s 


if, rick, fish, thin, why. 




LESS OX 3.— III. 




1 


2 


2 


2 


af fray' 


mar' tyr 


tar' tan 


ba zar' 


a way 


mas tiff 


var let 


ci gar 


es tray 


parch mem 


) gaunt let 


guit ar 


re pay 


par tridg-e 


jaun dice 


e clat a 


par terre 


pass port 


laun dress 


hur ra 


2 


psalm ist 


aha /& 


hus sar 


ar' bute 


sar dine 


a baft 


mam ma 


car tvidge 


slant wise 


a far 


pa pa 


dah lia 


spar tan 


a ghast 


re past 


lar board 


star board 


a jar 


mi rage c 


laugh ter 


star ling 


a las 


3 


mar quess 


tar sus 


a slant 


applause' 


mar ten 


tar tar 


a part 


be cause 




LESSON 4.— IY. 




3 


4 


4 


4 


or' chis 


man' or 


hav' oc 


mad' am 


ord nance 


man sion 


jack al 


mad ness 


or gan 


mar imge 


jack daw 


mag got 


or gies 


mat rass 


jal ap 


mag net 


or phan 


ab scess 


jas per 


mag pie 


sor tie 


ab sence 


javelin 


mal ice 


tor por 


asth ma e 


lackey 


mal let 


tor pid 


as tral 


lad der 


mal lows 


tor toise d 


al phus 


Ian cet 


mam mon 


vor tex 


al pine 


Ian guag-e 


mam raoth 


fore gone' 


&n gling 


lar urn 


man date 


a broad 


bagn k/ 


lar ynx. 


man drake 


un bought 


can die 


lat in 


man go 


un taught 


hav ing 


lat tice 


man na 


a E clat (e kla') 


b A ha (a ha') c M 


2 
rage (me razb/) d Tortoise (tor' lis.) 


e Astli ma fast/ ma) / Bagn io (ban 


'yo) 


8 



78 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 G 

Vocals— ^21e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, full. Sub-voc'ls -Bud, leg-, jet, fan t 



mat' ter 
mat ting 
mat tock 
mat ress 
max iin 
nap kin 
pad dock 
pal ace 
pal ate 
pal frey 
pal let 
pal lor 
pain phlet 

4 

sat' in 
sat ire 
sat urn 
sax on 
scan dal 
scant ling 
shal lop 
sham bles 
shan ty 
shas ter 
span iard 
span iel 
span ish 
spar row 



LESSO 
4 

pan' cake 
pan der 
pan ic 
pann ier 
pan sy 
pan ther 
pan try 
par ish 
par rot 
pas cAal 
pas sage 
phal a^x 
phan tasin 

LESSO 

4 

stand' ard 
stan za 
stat ue 
stat ure 
stat ute 
tab by 
tab leau 
tab let 
tac tics 
tac tile 
tad pole 
tal bot 
talc ose 
tal low 



N 5.— V. 

4 

plas' tic 
plat ter 
plant ain 
quag mire 
rab bi 
rab bin 
rab bit 
rab ble 
rack et 
rad die 
rad ish 
ram rod 
ran cor 

N 6.— VI. 
4 

tal' mud 
tal on 
tan dem 
tan g*ent 
tank ard 
tan ner 
tan zy 
tan nin 
tar iff 
tav ern 
tract ile 
tran script 
trans it 
trav is 



ran' dom 
rap ture 
mth er 
sab bath 
satch el 
saf fron 
sal ad 
salm on 
sam pie 
san dal 
sand wich 
sap ling 
sap phire a 



vac cine 
val et 
val ley 
val or 
vam pire 
van dal 
vas sal 
wag on 
jan kee 
aflat' 
ca bash 
ca nal 
era vat 
ex panse 



4 1 

a Sapphire (saf 'fire) 



tt — 






* 




THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


79 


18 9 10 11 11 


> 13 14 15 


12 3 4 


56 7 8 9 10 


nor, lice, tret, yet, ad: 


, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates. — If, he, keep, 


sit, rich, fish, t/rin, why. 




LESSON" 1.— VII. 




4 


5 


5 


5 


fi nance' 


sen' ior 


ve' nal 


tea' sel 


gi raffe 


se cant 


ve nus 


tre a cle 


ja pan 


re gion 


ze bra 


trea son 


mo rass 


que ry 


ze nith 


treat ise 


per haps 


pre scient 


ze ro 


treat ment 


se dan 


sphe roid 


ea gle 


treat y 


tra pan 


te trarcA 


ea glet 


wea sel 


5 


the ism 


eas tern 


bee tie 


se' quel 


the ist 


fea ture 


fee bly 


se ries 


the sis 


mea s\es 


free dom 


se rum 


the ta 


pea cock 


nee die 


spe eie 


tre mor 


sea man 


see ing 


se quence 


ve da 


spear mint 


sheet ing 




LESSON 


8. _VI 1 1. 




5 


5 


5 


6 


steel' yard 


be ne&th' 


ei' ther 


des' pot 


stee pie 


ar rear 


nei ther 


es sence 


steer age 


a sleep 


ca price' 


ev er 


teeth ing 


de creed 


ca zique 


ex it 


twee die 


de gree 


ma chine 


ex tant 


twee zers 


fu see 


ma rine 


ex tra 


wee vil 


fore see 


pe lisse 


fel low 


chief tain 


mis deed 


po lice 


felly 


griev ance 


nan keen 


ra vine 


fel on 


re plete' 


ra zee 


rou tine 


fel spar 


ra ceme 


ru pee 


va lise 


fen nel 


stam pede 


set tee 


cash ier 


fer ule 


ter rene a 


ter reen & 


re lief 


fer vor 


cam phene 


un seen 


be lief 


fet lock 


a Ter rene 


, pertaining to the earth. b Ter reen, a dish. 



i 80 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-* 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— vile, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, uv, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg, jet, lime, 



flex' ile 
fren zy 
fres co 
fresh et 
gen der 
gen tian 
g*en tile 
gen tly 
gen try 
g*er man 
helm et 
hem lock 
her aid 



phren' sj 
plen ty 
pres ence 
press ure 
reb el 
rec turn 
rel \c 
rel ict 
rem nant 
ren net 
rep tile 
res in 
res pite 
scAed ule 



LESSON 9.— IX. 



her' mit 
her ring 

jen ny 
ken nel 
kern el 
ker sey 
ket tie 
ledg* er 
lem on 
Jep er 
les son 
let tuce 



lev' el 
lev er 
med al 
mel on 
mem brane 
mem oir 
mer cer 
mer chant 
mesh es 
mes sag*e 
meth od 
met tie 
neck lace 



LESSON 10.— X. 
6 6 

sect' ile serv' ice 
seg ment ses sion 
sel dom sev en 
selv edg*e sev enth 
sein blance sex ton 
sen ate shek el 
sen tient 
sen try 
ser aph 
ser geant 
ser in 
ser mon 
ser pent 
serv ant 



sher iff 
spec ter 
spec tral 
spec tram 
spend thrift 
spher ule* 
splen dent 
splen dor 



neph' ew 
nep tune 
net ting 
nev er 
peb ble 
pel let 
pelt ry 
pen ance 
pend ant 
pen guin 
pen non a 
pen ny 
pep per 



steF la 
ster ile 
ster ling 
ster num 
tern pest 
tern pie 
ten don 
ten dril 
ten et 
ten on 
ten or 
ten sion 
ten ure 
ter mite c 



a Pen non, a small flag, b Spherule, a little sphere, c Ter mite, the white ant. 



-& 



^ 



-* 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



81 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

nor, lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, vich, fish, thin, why. 



test" ate 
tern ate 
tet ter 
text ure 
thresh old 
treb le 
twen ty 
vel lam 
ven g-eance 
ven om 
ver diet 
verd ure 
ver juice 



des serf 
e vent 
ex cess 
fi nesse 
pre tence 
pre text 
re cess 
sus pense 
them selves 
un blest 
un felt 
unfed 
un less 
un well 



LESSON 
6 

ver' min 
ver nal 
ver sion 
ver sus 
vert ex 
ver y 
ves per 
ves sel 
vest ment 
vest ry 
vest ure 
wel fare 
wel kin 



1 1 .—x i . 

6 

weth' er 
en trails 
wheth er 
en trance 
le&th er 
mea dow 
pheas ant 
pleas ure 
heif er 
leop ard 
a ny 
ma ny 
a gain' 



LESSON 12 

6 

with held 7 
up held 

7 

ti' ger 
ti gress 
ice berg 
i chov 
fibril 
isl and 
light ning 
nine teen 
ni trate 
pli ers 
qui nine 

a Vis count (vi' 



-XII. 

7 



sci ence 
shi ny 
si phon 
si ren 
spi der 
sti ver 
tri al 
tri dent . 
tri pod 
tri ton 
tri une 
twi light 
vi al 
vi and 

kount.) 



a head' 
a gainst 
a breast 
a fresh 
a dept 
a stern 
be fell 
be held 
be hest 
be reft 
ca det 
con tempt 
de scent 



zr on 
vi ol 
vi per 
vis. count" 
eye brow 
eye sight 
cy c\e 
cy press 
hy dra 
dy drate 
hy men 
hy brid 
hy phen 
hy son 



* 



m 

82 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


£ 


1 2 3 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


11 12 13 14 


12 3 4 5 G 


Vocals— jlle, arm, all 


, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do 


not, swe, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bad, leg-, jet, lime, 




LESSON 


13.— XIII . 




7 


7 


8 


8 


ly' ing 


a live' 


fis' sure 


in' flux 


ly ra 


be hind 


fix ture 


in got 


ty phoid 


ca nine 


flint y 


in grate 


ty phus 


es quire 


fric tion 


in gress 


ty rant 


ex cise 


frig ate 


in let 


ty ro 


sa line 


gim let 


in mate 


thy roid 


8 


gin seng 


in quest 


thy self 


bis' cuit 


grid die 


in sect 


j«iy' 


chiis tian 


gris ly 


in sight 


van dyke 


cis tern 


griz zle 


in stinct 


a light 


driv en 


in dex 


in to 


a like 


fif teenth 


in dian a 


isth mus* 


a side 


filly 


in fant 


kid ney 




LESSON 


14.— XIY. 




8 


8 


8 


8 


kin' dred 


mill' ion 


pig gin 


priv' y 


king dom 


min im 


pig my 


quin sj 


kitch en 


min ion 


pig ment 


quint al 


kit ten 


mis chief 


pil grim 


rib aid 


lilly 


mis sion 


pirn pie 


rib bed 


limp sey 


mis sive 


pin cers 


rib bon 


linch pin 


mixt ure 


pis til 


rich es 


lin en 


nick el 


pis tol 


rick ets 


lin go 


nim bly 


pitch er 


rid ding 


lin net 


nin ny 


pit tance 


rid dance 


liz ard 


nip pie 


piv ot 


rig or 


mid die 


tis ic 


prim rose 


ring let 


mid night 


pic nic 


prin cess 


ring worm 


mil let 


pic ture 


priv et 


riv er 


a In dian (incT i 
» : 


ran.) 


b Isth mus 


(ist' mus.) 

* 



1 


THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 


% 
S3 


7 8 9 10 11 1 


1 13 14 15 


1-2 3 4 56 


7 8 9 10 


nor, lice, tctt, yet, ad: 


;, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.- If, he, keep, sit, 


rich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 


15.— XV. 




8 


8 


8 


8 


riv' et 


smit' ten 


till' age 


vig' or 


scis sors 


spig net 


tim brel 


vig nette* 


shil ling 


spit tie 


tin der 


vil la 


ship ment 


stick ler 


tip pet 


vil lag*e 


sib yl 


stig ma 


tis sue 


vine yard 


sick ly 


stin gj 


trib une 


vin tage 


sig ma 


strick en 


trib ute 


vis ag*e 


sig net 


strict ure 


trill ion 


vis ion 


sim ply 


swiv el 


trink et 


vis or 


sir rah 


thim ble 


trip let 


vis ta 


sir up 


this tle a 


vie tim 


whim sey 


six teenth 


thith er 


vk tor 


whip saw 


skil let 


tick et 


Vig il 


whis kers 




LESSON 


16.— XVI. 




8 


8 


8 


9 


whis' key 


cyg net 


guin' ea 


ro' man 


whi^A er 


cym bal 


bus y 


so fa 


whit low 


hys sop 


worn en 


so da 


wick er 


lyr ic 


en glish 


so lar 


wick et 


phys ie 


ab scind' 


so lo 


wid ow 


strycA nine 


a drift 


chlo rate 


wil low 


syi va 


a midst 


chlo rine 


wim pie 


sym bol 


el lipse 


hoi star 


win (low 


symp torn 


ex tinct 


lode stone 


wind y 


syn od 


qua drille 


lo tus 


win some 


syr inge 


un til 


mo bile 


wis dom 


sys tern 


un string 


mo hawk 


wrist let 


tym pan 


with in 


o cean 


zig zag 


tym bal 


a byss 


o men 


a This tie (this' 1) 


b Vig nette (vin 


'yet) 



84 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER: 



-a 



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 

Vocals— ^21e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, un, full. Sub-voc'ls- Bud, leg, jet, lime, 



LESSON 17.— XVII. 



on'ly 
o pal 
o vate 
o ver 
o yer 
plo ver 
po em 
po efc 
po lar 
pol ka 
po ny 
port er 
por trait 



a lone' 
be fore 
be strode 
de pot* 
gam bog*e 
pa rol 
un shorn 
up hold 
with hold 
a board 
a float 
al though. 
un known 
un sown 



por'y 
post ag*e 
post script 
po sy 
po tion 
pro bate 
pro file 
pro gram 
pro ]ogue 
quo rum 
quo ta 
quo tient 
ro dent 

LESSON 

10 

do' ing 
hoo sier 
poo die 
sou chong 6 
tour ist 
ba rouche /c 
sur tout 
ca noe 
un do 
a loof 
bab oon 
bal loon 
bam boo 
co coon 



ro mance 
rom ish 
ro sj 
sore ly 
sto ker 
sto len 
sto ry 
tho rax 
to ken 
to paz 
to per 
to ry 
tro chee 

18.— XVIII. 

10 

doub loon' 
dra goon 
hal loo 
la goon 
ma roon 
pa poose 
pla toon 
pol troon 
si moon 
quad roon 
quin troon 
rac coon 
re proof 
sa loon 



tro' choid 
tro phy 
tro ver 
oak en 
oak urn 
court ly 
four teen 
four teenth 
poul try 
yeo man 
ap pose' 
a roese 
a shore 

ii 
clos' et 
cob web 
cock le 
cock ney 
cock roach 
com ic 
coll ier 
com et 
com ma 
con duit 
con flict 
con science 
con script 
con stant. 



a De pot (de pc/) b Sou chong (soo' shong) c Ba rouche (ba roosh') 





THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


bo 


n .8 y 10 n 


12 13 14 15 


12 3 4 5 


6 7 8 9 10 


nor, lire, wet, yet, s 


tdz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 19.— XIX. 




11 


11 


11 


11 


consent 


for eign 


loz' enge 


os r trich 


con text 


goth ic 


mon ster 


phos phate 


con yoy 


grot to 


mos lem 


phos phor 


cop per 


hoi land 


nod ule 


pon iard 


cor al 


hoi ley 


nog gin 


pon tiff 


cos set 


horn Sbge 


non sense 


pop lar 


cos tume 


hor ror 


noth ing 


poppy 


crock et 


host age 


nos trum 


por ridg*e 


crotch et 


hos tier 


oc tave 


pos ture 


dock et 


hov el 


off spring 


pot ash 


dol phin 


jon quil 


on ward 


pot tage 


drop sey 


knowl edg*e op tics 


pot ter 


gos ling 


lock et 


or ang-e 


prob lem 




LESSON 20.— XX. 




ii 


11 


ii 


ii 


prod' uct 


sock' et 


top ic 


re sponse' 


prog ress 


sol stice a 


trol lop 


un prop 


proph et 


solv ent 


trom bone 


up on 


pros pect 


song ster ~ 


vol ley 


a cross 


prov erb 


son net 


vol ume 


a loft 


prov ince 


soph ism 


whop per 


a long 


rhom bus 


sor rel 


yon der 


12 


rhom bic 


sor ry 


quan turn 


bu' reau 


rhom boid 


stop pie 


quad rant 


eu nuch 


rob in 


thros tie 


quad rate 


fu sil 


rock et 


thros tling 


quar ry 


fu sion 


rock y 


toe sin 


warn pum 


fu ture 


ros in 


ton ic 


watch man 


pru dence 


ros trum 


ton sel 


be yond / 


prus sic 


a What is the meaning of sol stice ? Of solv ent 


? &c. 



-a 



THE STL-DENT'S SPELLER. 



12 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 10 II 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 

Vocals— »/21e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, stie, wp, l'wll. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-Jet, lime 



12 

prus' sian 
rhu barb 
ru ble 
rus sian 
stu dent 
stu por 
su mac 
sure ty 
far mult a 

tu QIC 

un ion 
n nit 
u pas 

13 

dudg' eon 
dun geon 
ful crum 
fane tion 
fur long 
fur lough 
fur nace 
fus tian 
fus tic 
fuz zy 
gud geon 
buck ster 
him dred 
hun dredth 



LESSOR 21.— XXI. 
12 

nui' sance 
un true" 
ven due 
a dieu 
ab duce 
dis use 
re cluse 



12 

u' rim 
u rine 
u rus 
u sage 
feud al 
neu ter 
pleu ra 
gew gaw 
jews harp 
jew el 
pew ter 
skew er 
tues day 



13 

buck' et 
blus trous 
buck ler 
bump er 
bur dock 



LESSON 2 2.— XXII. 



13 

him' gry 
hur die 
hus sy 
judge ment 
junc ate 
junc tion 
junc ture 
lunch eon 
lus tring 
mug gy 
mul len 
mun dane 
mus cle & 
mush room 



13 

nun 7 cio 
nup tials 
nut meg 
pum ice 
pum mel 
pump kin 
punch eon 
pun ster 
purs lain 
rub bish 
rum pus 
runn ion 
rup tion 
sculp tor 



13 

bur' lesque 
clum sj 
crup per 
nick old 
cud die 
cum brance 
cur -sive 
cus tard 
drug gist 
drug get 
drum mond 
due at 
dutch ess 

13 

scut' tie 
shut tie 
slug gard 
stur geon 
sub stance 
sue tion 
suf frage 
sur geon 
sur plus 
thurs day 
trun cheon 
tur moil 
turn key 
turn pike 



a What does tu mult mean ? 



b What is a mus cle (mus' 1) 1 



-# 



a 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




7 8 9 10 11 


12 13 14 15 


12 3 4 5 


6 7 8 9 10 


nor, lire, tret, yet, 


adz. arure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, si 


t, rich, fish, thm, ichy. 




LESSON 


2 3.— XXIII. 




13 


13 


13 


13 


tur' ret 


up' ward 


stir 7 rup 


won' der 


tur tie 


ut most 


thir teen 


world ly 


tus can 


vul can 


thir ty 


coun try 


ud der 


vul ture 


come ly 


cour age 


ul cer 


a dult' 


com fit 


jour nal 


ul tra 


a mong 


com ing 


14 


urn brage 


a bove 


doz en 


bul' let 


urn pire 


a mongst 


hon ey 


bull ion 


an cle 


un done 


monk ey 


bul wark 


unc tion 


e nough 


on ion 


cuck oo 


un der 


myr' tie 


pom ace 


full ness 


up roar 


cir cuit 


stom ac^ 


pud ding 


un to 


cir cus 


ton nage 


pull et 




LESSON 24.— XXIY. 




14 


oi 


ou 


ou 


puir ey 


voy' age 


scoun' drel 


trows' ers 


pul pit 


de void' 


sour crout 


a bout' 


coop er 


ex ploit 


thou sand 


a ground 


foot ing 


chain ois a 


thousandth 


a round 


par took 7 


sa voy 


ton can & 


a loud 


mis took 


ou 


chow der 


re doubt 


oi 


coun' cil 


cow slip 


un bound 


foi' Lie 


mount ain 


down y 


un sound 


moist en 


out set 


dow ry 


unwound 


oint ment 


out fit 


hows ing 


with out 


toil et 


out law 


tow el 


re nown 


oys ter 


out rage 


town ship 


a vow 


a The Cham ois 


(sha moiO is a fleet animal, nearlv allied to the goat. It is found 


in the mountainous countries of Europe 


, and is hunted for its flesh and skin. 


b The Toucan, i 
^— 


i bird of tropical America, is noted for its large bill. 

. _ 1 



:« 



68 THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals — »#le, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, z't, no, do, not, swe, wp, full. Sub-voc'l,s — JBurf, leg-,jet, Unit, 



SECTION VII. 

This section contains words of one, two, and three syllables, classed with refer- 
ence to their derivatives. 

Rule 5. — In monosyllables ending with a single sub-vocal or aspirate, preceded 
by a single vowel, the final letter is doubled before a suffix beginning with a 
vowel. 

ed ? signifies did ; was ; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

er, signifies the per son who; one who; that which. 

These suffixes may all be annexed to the words in the first lesson. 

LESSON 1.— I. 
4 4 8 8 11 11 

map nab fit sip nod hop 

nap lag dip rig lop job 

tap trap nip rip sob dot 

rap a plan sin slip rob trot 

tan wrap clip flit stop 13 

grab stab slit thin plot dub 

drag cram grin quiz plod hum 

blat slam trip twit drop scrub 

clap scan skip whip flog grub 

blab snap skim swim mop drum 

LESSON 2.— II. 

fy ed, and ing, may be annexed to the words in this lesson and the following one 



2 

bar 


4 

fan 


4 

fat 


4 

sag 


6 

hem 


8 

pit 


jar 


dab 


man 


brag 


bed 


pip 


mar 


gad 


flag 


chap 


beg 


pin 


scar 


sap 


flap 


dam 


web 


drip 


spar 


pat 


slap 


6 


bet 


crib 


4 


pad 


plat 


peg 


fret 


friz 


jam 


gag 


span 


pet 


step 


chip 


tag 


lap 


strap 


pen 


whet 


strip 



THE STL"DEXT ; S SPELLER. 



-9 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 10 

nor, lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing:, this. Aspirates. — I/, Tie, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



LESSON 3.— III. 



8 

tip 


ii 
sop 


ii 
rot 


ii 
wad 


13 

sun 


13 

jut 


fib 


pop 


spot 


swab 


cup 


scud 


skin 


flop 


knot 


13 


tug 


drug 


ship 


crop 


blot 


pun 


hug 


blur 


squib 


mob 


prop 


sup 


bud 


shrug 


third 


J°g 


throb 


sum 


pur 


stir 


23^ l:s " G 5 an( i 


er, may be annexed to the following words 




6 


8 


8 


13 


13 


13 


get 


bid 


dig- 


run 


shut 


snub 


set 


sit 


spit 


cut 


shun 


14 


shed 


win 


knit 


gun 


stun 


put 



LESSON 4.— IV. 

Rule 6. — In words accented on the last syllable, ending with a single sub- 
vocal or aspirate, preceded by a single vowel, the final letter is doubled before a 
suffix beginning with a vowel. 

S3T 3 ed. ing, and er, may be annexed to the words in the first and second columns 
of this lesson ; ed, and ing, "to the third and a part of the fourth ; and ing, and er, 
to the last four words in the fourth column. 



en trap' 

6 

ex eel' 
ex pel 
pro pel 
com pel 
re gret 

8 

ac quit' 
sub mit 
o mit 
com mit 



e quip 
kid" nap a 

9 

con trol' 

ii 
ex tor 
ab hor 
al lot " 

13 

an nul' 
con cur 
de mur 



a bet' 
a ver 
dis pel 
re bel 
in fer 
in ter 
pre fer 
con fer 

8 

e mit' 
trans mit 
per mit 



re mit' 

ii 
un prop' 

13 

oc cur' 
hum' bug 

6 

be set' 
for get 

8 

be gin' 
for bid 



a Kid nap, and hum bug, are exceptions 
first syllable and double the final letter. 



to Rule 6, as they are accented on the 



-» 



190 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— v31e, arm, all, at, me, met, zee, it, no, do, not, sue, «p, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-, jet, lime, 



ed, signifies did; was ; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

er, sig. the person who; one who ; that which. 

able, sig. that may be ; tending to ; worthy of. 

LESSON 5.— V. 
1 2 4 6 6 

claim* card tax bend vend 

drain charm bawk mend quench 



ob tain' 
con vey 
fa' vor* 



de mand' 
re mark c 

LESSON 
6 

de fend' 
de test 
rel' ish 
per ish 

en vy 
mer it 



con form" 
re form 

4 

an" swer 
fash ion* 
van quish 

6.— VI. 



ap peal' 
re veal 
con ceal 
im peach 
re deem 
es teem 



con tain' 
re claim 
re tain 
con strain 
re pair 
ex plain 

6 

con test' 
con demn 
aug ment 
at tempt 
la ment 
pre vent 
i 
as cer tain' 
ap per tain 

4 

in hab' it 
im ag- ine 
sat' is fy 

a Claim able, that may be claimed. 

c Remark able, worthy of remark. M 

d When able is annexed to fashion, and some other words, it signifies in ; as, 
fashion able, in fashion. 

e The e is omitted before a suffix.— See Rule Second, page 43. 



lim' it 
dis till' 

9 

ex port' 
sup port 
trans port 



im port' 
ap proach 
re proach 

13 

suffer 
com fort 



per se vere 

6 

in ter' pret 
com pre hend' 



di min' ish 
ex tin guish 
dis tin guish 
de liv er 



ap por' tion dis hon' or 

b Favor able, tending to favor. 



■ 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


91 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 56 
nor, live, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, 


7 8 9 10 
rich, fish, thin, why. 




LESSON 7.— VII. 




JJ^P^ed, ing, and able, may be annexed to the words in 


this lesson. 


2 

mark' et 


4 

aw' cAor 


ap ply' 


oi 

de void' 


war rant 
par don 


pat ent 
at tack' 


rely 

8 


poi' son 

OIL 


con trast' 


at tract 


dis' count 


a vow' 


sur pass 

3 


6 

fer ment' 


ii 
hon' or 


al low 
en dow 


as sault' 


cred' it 


pol ish 


sur mount 


per form 


ren der 


prof it 


ac count 




LESSON 8.— VIII. 




23^ ED > ING ? ER ? an( * able, may be affixed to the words in this lesson. The final 
e is omitted. See Rule 2d, page 48. 

16 7 9 


ap praise' 
de clare 
pre pare 


con dense' 
con verse" 
ob serve 


con trive' 
con fine 
de cline 


op pose' 
sup pose 
con sole^ 


5^ 


re serve 


de rive 


dis pose 


de ceive' 


7 


de sire 


12 


per ceive 


de fine" 


de vise 


pro cure' 


con ceive 


in cline 


ca] cine 


con sume 


re trieve 
re prieve 


in spire 
de spise 


bap tize 
de scribe 


com pute 
dis pute 




LESSON 9.— IX. 




The words in 
See Rule 2d. 


,his lesson form derivatives by the addition of ed, ing, and able. 



dam' ag*e pro voke' 

trav erse re voke 

9 no' tice 
de plore' 10 

de pose re move' 

a able sometimes signifies disposed to ; as conversaWe, disposed to converse. 



10 


12 


ap prove' 


pre same 


re prove 


re sume 


lm prove 


con fute 


12 


re fute 


dif fuse' 


di lute 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1234 5 U S 9 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— ^21e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-, jet, lime, 



ed, signifies did ; was ; or were. 
ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 
er, signifies the person who ; one who; that which. 
ment, signifies the act of; the state of being ; 
that which. 





LESSON 1 0.— X. 




1 


2 


5 


9 


as sail' 


em balm' 


be quea^Ae' 


en roll' 


de tain 


in graft 


con ceal 


en gross 


sus tain 


a mass 


6 


be stow- 


or dain 


im part 


ar rest' 


13 


ar raign 


3 


re sent 


ad just' 


be wail 


as sort' 


com mend 


01 


en tail 


de fraud 


7 


ad join' 


be tray 


4 


as sign' 


en join 


al lay 


at tach' 


con sign 


ap point 


2 


de camp 


8 


a noint 


com mand' 


ban' ish 


bick' er 


en joy 


en chant 


rav ish 


en list' 


em ploy 




LESSON" 11.— XI. 




The words in this lesson form derivatives by the addition of ed, ing, and ment. 


1 

at tain' 


im bank' 


u 

e ject' 


be troth' 


2 


en camp 


con tent 


em boss 


gar' nish 


lav' ish 


a mend 


13 


bom bard' 


brand ish 


blem' ish 


pun' ish 


3 


6 


7 


nour ish 


in stall' 


re trench' 


in diet' 


oi 


in thrall 


in trench 


af fright 


em broil' 


4 


re fresh 


9 


ou 


a bash' 


in vest 


dis port' 


ad journ' 


en act 


en feoff 


en croach 


a vouch 



* 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


93 


7 8 9 10 11 jl2 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 
nor, live, icet, yet, adz, arure, s'mg, this. Aspirates.— I/, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 




L E S S K 


1 2 .—X 1 1 . 




23^° ed, ing, er, and mest, may 


be joined to the following words : 


1 

en ter tain' 


D 

em bel 


' lish 


ap por' tion 


4 

a ban' don 


de veJ op 
dis mem ber 


ii 
a bol' ish 


em bar ass 


7 




ac com. plish 


es tab lish 


en light' en 


de mol ish 


jj^p 3 ed, ing, and jient, may be annexed to the following words : 


3 

dis in thrall' be w 


il' der 


ii 
as ton' ish 


4 


im pris on 


em bod y 


e van' ish 


re \\n quish 


pre mon ish 




LESSON 


18.— XIII. 




^3P ed, ing, er, and me nt, may be affixed to the following words. The final e 
is omitted. See Rule 2d, page 48. 


1 

de face' 


4 

man' age 


7 

re fine' 


12 

al lure' 


e rase 


5 


re tire 


pro cure 


ar range 


a chieve' 


in cite 


a muse 


de range 


be reave 


dis guise 


con jure 


en slave 


re lease 


be guile 


in ure 


a bate 


6 


8 


in duce 


en gage 


com mence' 


a bridge' 


ab jure 


ef face 
as suage 

2 


al lege 

7 

en tice' 


in fringe 

9 

a tone' 


13 

dis burse' 

ou 


ad vance' 


ex cite 


di vorce 


an nounce' 


en trance 


de file 


con dole 


de nounce 


en large 


chas tise 


en force 


re nounce 


en hance 


ac quire 


de throne 


pro nounce 



K- 



-» 



04 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 3 4 5 6 1 S 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 

Vocals— ^le, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, -up, fuYL Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-, jet, lime 



LESSON 14.— XIY. 

The following words form derivatives by the addition of ed, ing, and ment. 



a base' 
a maze 
dis place 
in case 
em pale 
re gale 



es trange' 
in hale 

3 

dis gorge' 
en gorge 
in dorse 



grap' pie 
fran chise 

6 

meas' ure 
net tie 
set tie 



re quire 
con fine 

9 

en throne' 
e lope 
post pone 



in ter lace' 
pre en gage 
dis en gage 
dis ar range 
in ter change 



ag grand" ize 
dis par age 
en taw gie 
en fran chise 
dis fran chise 

LESSON 15.— XV. 



rec on cile' 
ad ver tise 



13 



en cour age 
dis cour age 



ship, sig. the office of; practice of; state of being. 

2 6 

eld' er 



pas' tor 
part ner 

3 

au' thor 

5 

pre' tor 
pre feet 
re gent 



en voy 
mem ber 
prel ate 
pen man 
ques tor 
rec tor 



pri or 
vice roy 

8 

vie' ar 

9 

sports' man 

13 

sul' tan 



ii 
proc' tor 
prov ost 
scAol ar 
spon sor 

12 

cu' rate 
tu tor 
stew ard 



cham' her lain 
spec ta' tor 

4 

bach' e lor 



col lect' or 
ap pren tice 
pres' i dent 
den i zen 



cit' i zen 
dis ci' pie 

13 

at tor' ney 



*- 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



7 S 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 567 8 9 10 

nor, lire, tret, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, u-hy. 



ly, signifies like ; resembling ; in a — manner. 
ity, signifies the state of being ; act of being. 



The words on this page which terminate with e, drop that 


letter before ity ; as' 


native, nativity, &c 


. See Rule 2d, page 


48. 






LESSON 


16.— XVI. 




1 


3 


4 


5 


fa' tal a 


mor'-tal 


act" ive 


se vere' 


na tive 


tor pid 


ad verse 


sin cere 


in sane' 


4 


&g ile 


ex treme 


pro fane 


rap' id 


frag ile 


ob scene 


2 


vap id 


5 


6 


car' nal 


pal lid 


le' gal 


tep' id 


par tial 


ras cal 


re al 


fer tile 


3 


plac id 


e qual 


fes tive 


mor' bid 


ran cid 


ve nal 


serv ile 


form al 


tran quil 


aus tere' 


per verse' 




LESSON 


17.— XVII . 




6 


8 


ii 


12 


in tense' 


rig*' id 


sol' id 


stu' pid 


im mense 


civ il 


joe und 


im pure' 


di verse 


tim id 


con vex 


se cure 


7 


li quid 


hos tile 


13 


vi' tal 


pro lix' 


12 


vul' gar 


fi nal 


9 


plu' ral 


tur gid 


sub lime' 


lo' cal 


fru gal 


due tile 


di vine 


vo cal 


neu tral 


ab surd' 



The profanity of a bad boy disturbed the tranquili- 
ty of a good man. The man spoke civilly to the boy, 
and said it was wicked and disgraceful to indulge in 
profanity. He did not speak austerely, but he spoke 
with sincerity. 

a Fatalty, in a fatal manner ; fatality, the state of being fatal. 
It will be observed that in words accented on the first syllable, the accent is 
changed to the second svllable when ity is added. 

a . * 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 II 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, tee, it, no, do, not, swe, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg,jet, lime, 



al, signifies pertaining to ; belonging to. 
ally. The ly in ally, signifies in a — manner. 



LESSON 18.— XVIII. 



4 

mag*' ic a 


6 8 

skep' tic typ' ic 


ii 
trop' ic 


frac tion 


8 phys ic 


doc trine 


graph ic 


crit' ic 9 


log ic 


trag* ic 


cyn ic sto' ic 


12 


6 


diph thong* no tion 


cu' bic 


sec' tion 


mys tic n 


mu sic 


per son 


mim ic op' tic 


13 


hec tic 


scrip ture op tion 

LESSON 19.— XIX. 


rus' tic 


i 
oc ca' sion 


4 

fan tas' tic 


4 

sa tan' ic 


mo sa ic 


gram mat ic 


se raph ic 


pro sa ic 


i am bic 


schis mat ic 


2 


mo nas tic 


sar cas tic 


ca thar' tic 


me cAan ic 


the at ric 


le thar gic 


or gan ic 


bom bas tic 


4 


pe dan tic 


cAro mat ic 


dog mat' ic 


phi eg mat ic 


ty ran ic 


di dac tic 


pi rat ic 


ac' ci dent c 


ec stat ic 


prag mat ic 


sac ra ment 


e las tic 


pris mat ic 


al i ment 


er rat ic 


ro man tic 


6 


em phat ic 


stig mat ic 


an geY ic 


fa nat ic 


scho las tic 


au then tic 



a Magic al, pertaining to magic ; magic ally, in a magical manner. 

c It will be observed tbat in words of three syllables, accented on the first, and 
terminating with ent. the accent is changed to the third when al or ally is added ; 
as, ac' ci dent, ac ci dtnt f al, ac ci dent' ally, #c. b Diph thong (dif ' thong.) 



*— 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER 


* 

97 


7 8 9 10 11 12 12 
nor, lire, wet, yet, adz, az 


14 15 12 
lire, sing, this. Aspirates.— I/, he, ) 


5 A 5 6 7 8 9 10 
ceep, sit, rich, fish, thm, why. 




LESSOR 2 0.— XX. 




The words on this page form derivatives by the addition of al and ally. 


D 

ath let' ic 


pro phet' ic 


V 

el' e ment 


al chem ic 


mag net ic 


mer cu ry a 


con ven tion 


in ten tion 


med i cine 


do rnes tic 


ma jes tic 


rhet or ic 


coin plex ion 


pho net ic 


8 


e lee trie 


pa thet ic 


art is' tic 


dis ere tion 


po et ic 


cyl in dric 


ec lee tie 


sym met rie 


de ist ie 


ee cen trie 


syn thet ic 


em pir ic 


ge ner ie 


sue ces sion 


el lip tic 


hys ter ie 


det' ri ment 

LESSOR 21.— XXI 


in trin sic 


8 


8 


ii 


pon tif ie 


in' strn ment 


des pot' ie 


pro lif ie 


9 


har mon ie 


sa tir ie 


de vo' tion 


i ron ic 


spe cif ie 


he ro ic 


pla ton ie 


pro vis ion 
ad di tion 


o' ri ent 

ii 


sym bol ic 
eon' ti nent 


eon di tion 


la con' ie 


mon u ment 


tra di tion 

A boy saw a 


me thod ie 


pol i tic 

a domestic fowl. 


m eccentric man and 


The man made* 


a rhetorical flourish when he mention- 


ed the generic name of the fowl, and the boy thought 
he spoke heroically. The man intended to speak me- 
thodically and laconically, but the boy thought he 
spoke ironically. 


a la mer' cu ry, med'icine,rhet'oric,pol'itic.a.Tid some other words, the ac- 
cent is changed from ihe first to the second syllable in forming the derivatives — 
mer cu' ri al ; me die' ival ; me thod' ic al ; po lit' ic al. 



£ 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, fall. Sub-voc'ls- -Bud, leg-, jet, lime, 



ed, signifies did ; was ; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

ion, sig. the act of; state of being ; that which is. 

or, signifies thepersonwho; one who; that which. 





LESSON- 


22.— XXII. 




|r§^ Ed, ing, 


ION and or, may be annexed to the words 


in this lesson. 


1 

ere ate' a 
di late & 
e late 


4 

ex tract' 
pro tract 
trans act 


D 

op press 7 
pro tect 
pro fess 


6 

in speet' 
ob ject 
se lect 


trans late 
eol late 


en act 

6 


pos sess 
trans gress 


di gress 

8 


in flate 


eon fess' 


re fleet 


eon strict' 


nar rate 
re late 


eol lect 
di rect 


sup press 
ag gress 


pre diet 
die' tate 


4 

con tract' 


dis sect 
in vent 


pro gress 
e lect 


13 

in struct" 



LESSON 23.— XXIII. 
The words in this lesson form derivatives by the addition of ed, ing and ion. 
1 



va' eate 

4 

cas' trate 
ab stract' 
dis tract 
ex act 
re fract 
re tract 
sub tract 
stas^ nate 



ex crete' 
se crete 
corn plete 

6 

as perse' 
as sert 
con feet 
bi sect 
eon neet 
de sert 



dis perse' 
de feet 
de ject 
de tect 
ex cept 
ex empt 
ex ert 
im merse 
dis perse 
in sert 



re gress 
re press 
re ject 
re verse 
sug gest 
sub ject 

7 

mi' grate 
vi brate 
re vise' 



a Creation, the act of creating' ; elation, the state of being elated ; collection, that 
which is, or was, collected. b See Rule 2d, page 48. 



-* 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-* 



99 



M.9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 

War, lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, &sh, thin, why. 



LESSON 24.— XXIY. 
The following words form derivatives by the addition of ed, ing, and ion. 
S 8 13 13 



8 



af flict' 


re 


strict' con struct' puis' ate 


in flict 


9 


con vulse 


tmnnc ate 


con vict 


lo' 


cate dis cuss 


3 


dis miss 


ro 


tate re pulse 


dis tort 


Oy 3 ed, ing, and 
1 c 


or, may be annexed to the following words. 

6 7 

it tor ment' sur vive 


sur vey' 


ed 


5 


deb it ef feet 


13 


es cheat' 


cred it at test 

LESSON 2 5.— XXV 


gov' ern 


j^SF" 3 ED, ING, ION 


, and 


or, may be affixed to the words in this lesson. The 


final e is omitted. — See Rule 2d, page 48. 




2 

ar' bi trate 






dep' re cate 


8 

im' i tate 


4 




dep re date 


im pli cate 


ab' di cate 




ded i cate 


im mo late 


ag* i tate 




em u late 


in sti tute 


an i mate 




ex ca vate 


in no vate 


ag gre gate 




es ti mate 


in su late 


cal cu late 




el e vate 


in sti gate 


cap ti vate 




ed u cate 


lib er ate 


cas ti gate 




.gen er ate 


mit i gate 


fab ric ate 




leg* is late 


stim u late 


grad u ate 




pec u late 


stip u late 


nav i gate 




per pe trate 


vin di cate 


vac cin ate 




per se cute 


con fis' cate 


5 




reg u late 


con trib ute 


me' di ate 




ren o vate 


pro pi tiate 


6 




sep a rate 


in i tiate 


eel' e brate 




ven e rate 


9 


des e crate 




ven ti late 


ne go' tiate 



100 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 

Vocals— Jile, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, un, fwll. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-, Jet, lime, 



ed, signifies did ; was ; or were. 

iNGj signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

ion, sig. the act of; state of being ; that which is. 

In words ending with e, the e is omitted, &c. — See Rule 2d, page 48. 
LESSON 26.— XXYI. 



ra' di ate" 
al ien ate 
e ma' ciate* 
ex pa tiate 

in earn' ate 

3 

nau' se ate 

4 

ap' pro bate 
ab ro gate 



act" u ate 
ad vo cate 
ag gra vate 
am pu tate 
as per ate c 
as pi rate d 
fas ci nate 
gran u late 
grav i tate 
mas ti cate 
pal pi tate 

LESSON 27.— XXYII 

6 

em' i grate 
ex e cute 
ex pi ate 
ex pli cate 
ex ere ate 
g-erm in ate 
hes i tate 
med i tate 
med ic ate 
per son ate 
per fo rate 



des' o late 
der o gate 
der i vate 
dec o rate 
des ti nate 
del e gate 
dec i mate 
dev as tate 
ex tri cate 
ex e crate 
em a nate 

a It would be well for the teacher, or one of the pupils, to be furnished with a 
slip of paper containing the definition of the primitive words. See Methods of 
Teaching, page 42. h Emaciate, (ema'shate) 

c As per ate, to make rough. d As pi rate, to breathe or blow. 



mac' u late 
mat u rate 
pal li ate 
rad i cate 
sat u rate 
sal i vate 
vac il late 

5 

de' vi ate 
mel io rate 
ap pre' ciate 

6 

pen' e trate 
pred i cate 
per turb ate 
per me ate 
rep ro bate 
spec n late 
tes sel ate 
ter min ate 
veg e tate 
ves i cate 
compensate 



£ 




* 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


101 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


14 15 12 3 


4 56 7 8 9 10 


nor, life, wet, yet, adz, azure 


, sing, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 


The words on this page 


form derivatives by the addition of ed, ing, and ion. 


LESSON 28.— XXVIII 




4 

lac' er ate a 


6 

in ter sect' 


8 

in' ti mate 


mack i nate 


in ter cept 


in di cate 


cat e nate 


mis di rect 


in vo cate 


coun ter act' 


pre pos sess 


is o late 


6 


rec ol lect 


it er ate 


con cen' trate 


7 


ir ri tate 


con tern plate 


hi' ber nate 


in du rate 


cir cum vent' 


vi o late 


im pre cate 


dis pos sess 


su per vise' 


im mi grate 


dis con nect 


8 


liq ui date 


dis af feet 


crim' in ate 


lit i gate 


in ter sperse 


dis lo cate 


scin til late 


in ter ject 


dis si pate 


sim u late 


LESSON 29.— XXIX. 




8 


ii 


ii 


sit' u ate 


con' sum ate 


pros' e cute 


syn co pate 


cor us cate 


pros ti tute 


dis trib' ute 


dom in ate 


op er ate 


pro hib it 6 


glom er ate 


con se crate 


con tra diet' 


ob li gate 


prop a gate 


9 


ox yd ate 


e Ion' gate 


as so' ciate 


post u late 


pro \on gate 


ii 


tol er ate 


demonstrate 


col' lo cate 


cog i tate 


12 


con gre gate 


com pli cate 


du' pli cate 


con ju gate 


mod er ate 


fu mi gate 


con sti pate 


mod u late 


glu ti nate 


con sti tute 


nom in ate 


lu min ate 


a See Rule 2d. 
* 


b Pro hi bi' tion, the act of pro hib it ing. 
— ■ -» 



* 

102 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


— • * 


12 3 4 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— ^31e, arm, all, at, me, met, zee, it, no, do, not, swe, up, fwll. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-Jet, lime, 


ed, signifies did ; was ; or ivere. 




ing, signifies 


continuing to; tending to. 


er, sig. the person who; one who 


; that which. 




LESSON 30.— XXX. 




4 

an' a lyze a 


4 

tan" ta lize 


6 

rec' ti fy 


am pli fy* 


scar i fy 


ser mon ize 


cat e chise 


clas si fy 


test i fy 


clar i fy 


ex am' ine 


tern po rize 


mag net ize 


5 


cer ti fy 


mag ni fy 


dis be lieve' 


vers i fy 


pac i fy 


in ter cede 


as sem' ble 


rat i fy 


6 


ad vent ure 


sa/2c ti fy 


mes' mer ize 


dis rel ish 


sac ri fice 


ed i fy 

LESSON 3 1.— XXXI. 


dis sem ble 


6 

ap pre bend' 


8 

com mis' sion 


ii 
proph' e sy 


com. pre henc 


con tin ue 


qual i fy 


i 


con sid er 


ad mon' ish 


i dol ize 


dis fig ure 


12 


en liv' en 


it 


pu' ri fy 


dis u nite' 


chron i cle 


cru ci fy 


un der sign 


com pli ment 


scru ti nize 


8 


com pro mise 


beau ti fy 


civ' il ize 


con tro vert 


neu tral ize 


rid i cule 


mol li fy 


im por tune' 


vil i fy 


mod ern ize 


13 


viv i fy 


mor al ize 


nul' li fy 


stig ma tize 


oc cu py 


mul ti ply- 


a Rule 2. — In words ending with e, the e is usually 


omitted before a suffix 


commencing with a vowel, b The y is changed to i before ed and er. See Rule 


Third, page 52. 




4 



& 



THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



103 



7 S 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 567 89 10 

nor, life, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, i!Ais. Aspirates. — If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 

The words on this page form derivatives by the addition of ed, and ing, 
LESSON 32.— XXXII. 



a wak' en 
in gra tiate 
am bus cade' 
prom e nade 
tin der rate 
bar ri cade 
an te date 
can non ade 
mas quer ade 
re in state 
ser e nade 
es ca lade 
fore or dain 



dis re gard' 
coun ter charm 
coun ter mand 
dis em bark 
har' mon ize 
un har' ness 

for' ti fy a 
mor ti fy 
mor tal ize 

4 

av' er ag*e 
ar ro gate 



ag' o nize 
can on ize 
cham pi on 
dram a tize 
gal van ize 
grat i fy 
lam in ate 
man a cle 
mas sa ere 
mac er ate 
par a lyze 
par a phrase 
pat ron ize 



scan' dal ize 
strat i fy 
sal i fy 
tran quil ize 
dis man' tie 
en rap ture 
en am el 
em bat tie 
im pan nel 
me an der 
mis man a,ge 
sub stan tiate 
un taw gle 
un sad die 



LESSON 33.— XXXIII. 

4 

un rav' el 



ap par el 

5 

con tra vene' 
dis es teem 
dom in eer 
guar an tee 
in ter vene 
mis con ceive 
pre con ceive 
ret ro cede 
su per vene 
su per sede 
in ter fere 



dis ap pear' 
per se vere 
en fee' ble 
de pre ciate 
le' gal ize 
de i fy 

6 

ac cred' it 
di shev el 
dis cred it 
de term ine 
en deav or 
en ven om 
en vel op 



a The y is changed to i. See Rule 2, page 52. 



104 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— ./He, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, up, full. Sub-voc'i>s— Bud, leg, jet, lime, 



ed, signifies did; was ; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

LESSON 34.— XXXIV. 



en g*en' der 
pre des tine a 
e nerv ate 
re mem ber 
re plen ish 
re sein ble 
sur ren der 
se ques ter 
in her it 
dis sev er 
ben' e fit 



dis cow cert 
rep re sent 
rec om mend 
rep re hend 



em' pha size 
ex pe dite 
ex er cise 
en er gize 
ex or cise 
fer til ize 
jeop ard ize 
mech an ize 
prej u dice 
rep ri mand 
rev er ence 



ret' ro grade 
rec om pense 
rec og nize 
rem e dy 
reg* is ter 
tel e graph 
ter ri fy 
ver i fy 
con. de scend' 
dis re spect 
ac qui esce 



LESSON 3 5.— XXXV. 

7 

un der mine' 
su per scribe 



af fi' ance 
en vi ron 
de ci pher 
en ti tie 
coun ter mine' 
cir cum scribe 
dis in cline 
dis o hYige 
in ter line 



crit' i cise 
crys tal lize 
dis ci pline 
dig ni fy 
in flu ence 
in ter est 
liq ui fy 
lith o graph 
mil i tate 
min is ter 
mys ti fy 



pin' na cle 
sym pa thize 
sim pli fy 
sig ni fy 
sig nal ize 
syllogize 
tyr an ize 
typ i fy 
vit ri ty- 
pe ti' tion 
com mm gie 
dis pir it 
ex hib it 
e lie it 



j The final e is omitted. See Rule 2d, page 102. 



m- 



•« 


THE STUDENT'S SPELLER 


% 

105 


7 S 9 10 11 12 


13 14 15 12 


3456 7 8 9 10 


nor, lire, wet, yet, adz, 


azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— I/, he, 


keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, it'hy. 


£3*" ED ? an( l IKG » ma y De annexed to the words on this page. 




LESSON 3 6.— XXX VI. 


8 

en kin' die 


9 

in ter pose' 


11 

re mod' el 


im bit ter 


in dis pose 


re pos it 


pre fig ure 


pre dis pose 


re mon strate 


par ti tion 


de com pose 


cir cum volve' 


un rid die 


10 


os' si fy 


in ter diet' 


dis ap prove' 


ob vi ate 


9 


conn ter move 


12 


be to' ken 


ii 


eu' lo gize 


em bold en 


dog" ma tize 


pu tre fy 


en no ble 


pros e lyte 


stu pe fy 


fo' li ate 


mod i fy 


dis a buse' 


no ti fy 


col o nize 


dis re pute 


glo ri fy 


quad ru pie 


in tro duce 




LESSON 3 7.— XXXVII. 


12 

ma neu' ver 


13 

en cum' ber 


01 

em broid er 


ex era ciate 


re cov er 


Oil 


il lu mine 


en com pass 


en count' er 


mis con strue' dis cov er 


em bow er 


13 


dis col or 


em pow er 


un but" ton 


en cir cle 


dis al low' 


un bur then 


pul r ver ize 


dis a vow 


ac cus torn 


journ al ize 


coun' ter poise 


dis bur den 


cov e nant 


coun ter feit 


ESP* ED ) ing, and ion, may be joined to the following words. 


3 


6 12 


ii 


ex haust' 


de press' suf fuse' a dopt' 


ex tort 


9 di lute 


13 


con tort 


de vote' pol lute re pulse' 


dis tort 


pro mote pre clu 


de frus' trate 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ! 2 3 4 5 6 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, tee, it, no, do, not, sice, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls- -Bud, leg,jel, lime, 



ly, signifies /ijfce; resembling ; in a — manner. 
ness, sig\ the state of being ; quality of being. 



LESSON 3 8. —XXX VI II. 



au da' cious 
ca pa cioas 
con ta gious 
cour a geous 
dis grace ful 
dis dain ful 
fal la cious 
lo qua cious 
out ra g-eous 
per sua sive 
ra pa cious 
sa ga cious 

4 

ab' so lute 
ac cm rate 
ad e quate 
am o rous 
ap po site 
ar ro gant 
cm m al 
clam or ous 
fan ci ful 
mas cm line 
mal a pert 
nat u ral 
pas sion ate 



i 



trans pa' rent 
un grace ful 
un faith ful 
un wa ry a 
un grate ful ' 
dis taste ful 
vi va cious 
vo ra cious 
vex a cious 
sa la cious 
se qua cious 
te na cious 

LESSON 39.— XXXIX. 
4 

rad' i cal 
rav en ous 
scan dal ous 
trans i tive 
at tract' ive 
re act ive 
un tha^k ful 

5 

ad he' sive 
co he sive 
e gre gious 
fa ce tious 
in gen ious 



dan' ger ous 
trait or ous 
sa vor y 

2 

ar' du ous 
bar ba rous 
mar vel ous 

3 

a bor' tive 
in cau tious 
talk' a tive 
tort u ous 



de ceit' ful 
con ceit ed 
un wield y 
cav a lier' 

6 

at tent' ive 
clan des tine 
col lect ive 
con ten tious 
co quet ish 
de cep tive 
ex pens ive 
ex cess ive 



a The y is changed to i before a suffix .— See Rule 3d, page 52. 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 

lire, uet, yet, adz, azure, sing 1 , this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



The words on this page form derivatives by the addition of ly and ness. 



effect' ive 
for get ful 
in fee tious 
ira per feet 
in vent ive 
ex ten sive 
mo ment ous 
of fen sive 
op press ive 
pro gress ive 
pro spect ive 
re bell ious 
at ten tive 



sens' i tive 
stren u ous 
sed u Ions 
spher \e al 
trem u lous 
tern per ate 
vert i cal 
ven om ous 
treach er pus 
in di red/ 
In cor rect 

de light' ful 
de spite ful 



LESSON 40.— XL. 

6 

re venge' ful 
re spect ful 
sen ten tious 
sue cess ive 
sue cess ful 
stu pen dous 
li cen tious 
tre men dous 
trans cend ent 
ex press ive 
un health y 
un pleas ant 
un stead y 

LESSON 41.— XLI. 

7 

de ci' sive 
un ti dy 
al might y 
un mind ful 
un right eous 
ri' ot ous 
im po lite' 

8 

hid' e ous 
in fi nite 
in fa mous 
im pi ous 
fin i cal 
in tri cate 



del' i cate 
des pe rate 
dec o rous 
ex qui site 
gen u ine 
gen er ous 
mer ci ful 
plen te ous 
per il ous 
plen ti ful 
quer u lous 
req ui site 
res o lute 



prim' i tive 
pit e ous 
mis chiev ous 
pit i ful 
rig or ous 
friv o lous 
tim or ous 
dis so lute 
vig or ous 
vil lain ous 
am bi' tious 
au spi cious 
ca pri cious 
de li cious 



108 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 

Vocals— ^re, arm, all, at, rue, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, «p, full. Sub-voc'ls— .Bud, leg, jet, lime, 



ly, signifies like ; resembling ; 
ness, sig. the quality of being ; 

LESSON 42.— XLII 



ju di' cious 
de scrip tive 
dis thict ive 
ex pli cit 
fla gi cious 
con tin g*ent 
iin plic it 
il lie it 
ma li cious 
of fi cious 
pro dig* ious 
per ni cious 



ii 
con' ic al 
con fi dent 
ob du rate 
om in ous 
ob vi ous 
ob sti nate 
op po site 
pos i tive 
pon der ous 
pop u lous 
prof li gate 
pros per ous 
sor row ful 
quar rel some 



pro pi' tious 
pnnc til ious 
re li gious 
sub mis sive 
se di tious 
sus pi cious 
un wil ling 
un thrift y 
un skill ful 
vin diet ive 
af flict ive 
ef fi cient 

LESSON 4 3.— XLII 
11 

ob nox' ious 



re spon sive 
un con scious 

12 

cu' ri ous 
du bi ous 
du ti ful 
du te ous 
fu ri ous 
hu mor ous 
lu era tive 
lu min ous 
lu di crous 
nu tri tive 



in a — manner, 
state of being. 



co pi ous 
glo ri ous 
o di ous 
o dor ous 
a tro' cious 
cor ro sive 
pre co cious 
so no rous 
un to ward 

ii 

com' ic al 
com plai sant 
i. 

12 

spu' ri ous 
stu di ous 
scru pu lous 
a bu r sive 
al lu sive 
col lu sive 
con clu sive 
con du cive 
dif fu sive 
de lu sive 
ex clu sive 
il lu sive 
in tru sive 
un fruit ful 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

nor, lire, tt-et, yet, adz, azure, sing;, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



LESSON 4 4.— XL I Y. 

ly, and ness, may be annexed to the words in this lesson. 



13 



13 



con sump' tive 
con struct ive 
con junc tive 
coin pul sive 
de struct ive 
dis trust ful 
ex cur sive 
dis cur sive 
un luck y 
im wont ed 



un wor' thy 
be com ing 
re puis ive 
cum/ ber some 
cur so ry 
sump tu ous 
scur ril ous 
ul cer ous 
vir tu ous 
cov et ous 



13 

court' e ous 
troub le some 

oi 

bois' ter ous 
pois on ous 

ou 

boun' te ous 
boun ti ful 
pow er ful 
con found' ed 



LESSON 4 5.— XLV. 
The words in this lesson form derivatives by the addition of ly. 



ap pa' rent 
dis sua sive 
e va sive 
im pa tient a 
in sa tiate & 
pug na cious c 
um bra g*eous 
un taste ful 
com pla cent 
| un gra cious 
ve ra cious 
un taint ed 
un fail ing 
for bear ing 
la' bi al 
ra di ant 



sa' li ent 
sa. pi ent 
ra tion al 
va ri ous 

2 

re gard' ful 
re gard less 
un guard ed 

3 

al' der man 
for tu nate 
fraud u lent 
or di nate 
dis or' der 
dis cord ant 
e nor mous 



act' u al 
af flu ent 
an nu al 
fan ci ful 
clas si cal 
flat u lent 
fab u lous 
grad u al 
lat er al 
lac te al 
man i fold 
prac ti cal 
raw cor ous 
val or ous 
cath o lie 
cap i tal 



a Im pa tient (im pa' shent) b In sa tiate (in sa' shate) c Pug na cious (pug na' shus) 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 | 

VocALS--v21e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-, jet, lime, I 

ly ? signifies like; resembling; in a— manner. \ 



dis as' trous 
de tract ing 
fi nan cial 
un hand some 
un hap py 

5 

de' vi ous 
le ni ent 
se ri ous 
ve he ment 
ve ni al 
pre vi ous 
co her' ent 



LESSON 46.-XLV 
5 

un e' qual 
in de cent 
pre ced ent 
con ven ient 
in he rent 
un yield ing 
in dis creet' 

6 

dex' ter ous 
chem \c al 
dec i mal 
er u dite 
ex i gent 



I. 



em' u lous 
eth \c al 
em i nent 
ev i dent 
el e gant 
fern i nine 
med \c al 
en vi ous 
neg li gent 
neg a tive 
pet u lent 
per ti nent 
per ma nent 



LESSON 41.— XLVII. 



pest' i lent 
prev a lent 
rel a tive 
rev er ent 
pen i tent 
sev er al 
sex u al 
el o quent 
ex eel lent 
mer ci less 
ven tare some 
des ti tute 
tern po ral 



as cend' ent 
con nect ive 
al tern ate 
ce les tial 
com. mer cial 
dis tress ful 
de fens ive 
di ver gent 
es pe cial 
ex tern al 
es sen tial 
e tern al 
e mer gent 



in ces' sant 
in tern al 
in tens ive 
in fer nal 
in clem ent 
in vec tive 
ma ter nal 
neg lect ful 
pru den tial 
pa ter nal 
pre vent ive 
por tent ous 
pro tect ive 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 10 

nor, lii'e. u'et. .yet, adr, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, ivhy. 



The words on this 
LE 

6 

pro tect' ive 
re splend ent 
re spect ive 
re sent ful 
qui es cent 
per spect ive 
pos sess ive 
re fleet ive 
re lent less 
trail splend ent 
un wel come 
un swerv ing 
un cer tain 



page form derivatives by the addition of ly. 
SSOjS" 48.— XLVIII. 



sub ject' ive 
fra ter nal 
un er ring 
e vent ful 
un health ful 

7 

vi' o lent 
pri ma ry 
de sir' ous 

8 

bib' lie al 
chiv al rous 
dis so nant 



dii' i gent 
triv i al 
phys \c al 
dif fi dent 
dif fi cult 
I af fiict' ive 
ide fi cient 
de lira quent 
ef fi cient 
fie ti tious 
in struct ive 
in dig nant 
in i tial 
ju di cial 



LESSOR 49.— XLIX. 

8 

of fi' cial 
suf fi cient 
pro fi cient 
un civ il 
un thmk ing 
nu tri cious 
om nis cient 
ma lig nant 
in dis tinctf 

9 

ex plo 7 sive 
re proach ful 
jo r vi al 
post hu mons 



dif ' fer ent 
ig no rant 
in di gent 
in so lent 
in no cent 
im pu dent 
im mi nent 
im po tent 
in do lent 
in ci dent 
lit er al 
sin is ter 
Y\g i lant 

ii 

con' ju gal 
con gru ous 
cos mic al 
dol or ous 
joe u lar 
nom in al 
op u lent 
oc u lar 
on er ous 
prox i mate 
prot est ant 
prom i nent 
prov i dent 
scrof u lous 



-v> 



® 



-;<f 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



. 2 34 567S9 10 1112 13 14 123456 

Vocals— -tfle, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, «p, fall. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg; jet, lime, \ 



ly, signifies like ; resembling ; in a — manner. 



con' ti nent 
con se quent 
mol li ent 
com pe tent 
dis hon' est 
de spond ent 
in con stant 
im prop er 
im mod est 
de spond ing 
re spon sive 

13 

mus' cu lar 
mur der ous 
tur bu lent 
ul ti mate 
sub stan tive 
sub se quent 
sue cu lent 
cir cu lar 



LESSON 50.— L. 

12 

fu' ri ous 
nra tu al 
mu ti nous 
nu iner ous 
ru in ous 
ru mi nant 
tru cu lent 
us u al 
im pru' dent 
in clu sive 
ob tru sive 

LESSON 5 1.— LI. 

13 

ef fur g*ent 
in struct ive 
dis gust ing 
dis juwet ive 
di urn al 
in dul g*ent 
as sump tive 
pro duct ive 
in duct ive 



12 

e lu' sive 
ef fu sive 
pel lu cid 
pre lu sive 
pre clu sive 
trans lu cent 
pre ma ture r 
im ma ture 



13 



a bun' dant 
ap puis ive 



13 



pre sump' tive 
re pug nant 
re dun dant 
re ful g-ent 
re Juct ant 
re cum bent 
se due tive 
tri umph ant 
un truth ful 



cir cum spect 

less, signifies without ; destitute of. 



Ian' tern 
gar ret 
pas sion 
scab bard 



ef fort 
seep ter 
weap on 
de fense' 



13 

sum' mit 
sup per 
lus ter 
mon ey 



fount' ain 
dow er 
pow er 
flow er 



, , , ? 

THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 113 


/ 8 9 10 11 12 


13 14 15 


12 34567 89 10 


ior, lire, wet, yet, adz, 


azure, s'mg-, this. Aspirates.- 


-If, he, keep, sit, rich, iish, thin, why. 


ness, sig. the 


quality of being 


; the state of being. 




LESSON 5 2.— 


LII. 


i 
va 7 por ous 


4 

san' i tive 


6 

leg' i ble 


pla ca ble 


tract a ble 


flex i ble 


sal a ble 


un man'ly 


pend u lous 


un sta' ble 


ex pans ive 


ter ri ble 


3 


5 


med die some 


plaus 7 i ble 


e 7 qua ble 


sens i ble 


laud a ble 


feas i ble 


in debt 7 ed 


4 


un e 7 yen 


un friend ly 


tan' gi ble 


se ere tive 


in ex pert 7 


pal pa ble 


un ea sy 


in di rect 




LESSON 5 3.— 


LIII. 


7 


9 


ii 


ii' a ble 


port 7 a ble 


solv 7 a ble 


pli a ble 


un ho 7 ly 


hor ri ble 


un sight 7 ly 


fe ro cious 


un god' ly 


8 


ig no ble 


un spot ted 


vis 7 i ble 


un whole some 12 


spe cif \c 


10 


du 7 ra ble 


9 


mov 7 able 


glu tin ous 


no' ta ble 


ii 


cur a ble 


so cia ble 


vol' a tile 


mu ta ble 


po ta ble 


ob so lete 


fus i ble 


sy ing, 


and er, may be annexed to the following words. 


i 
for sdke' 


4 

car' ry a 


rise' ut 7 ter 


mis take 


fatH om a 


bide stut ter 


par take 


smat ter de cide blus ter 


de prave 


prat tie be 


stride pom mel 


main tain 


back bite ig 


nite dis turb 7 



114 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— w31e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, «p, full. Svb-voc'ls—BugI, leg-Jet, lime, 



less, signifies without ; destitute of. 

ly, signifies like ; resembling ; in a — manner. 

ity, signifies the state of being ; act of being. 

LESSON" 54.— LIY. 

I3P 9 less may be annexed to the words in this lesson. 



1 3 

brain fault 


5 

speech 


7 9 

life home 


ray thought 


pier 


mind throne 


heir 4 


6 


sight floor 


vein cap 


desk 


price soul 


2 hand 


helm 


guile 10 


arm latch 


edge 


8 shoe 


harm track 


sense 


wit tooth 


path 5 


head 


limb 


chart ear 


breath 


fringe voice 


staff seam 


breadth 


guilt noise 


LESSON 5 5.— LY. 


The words in this lesson form derivatives by the addition of ly, and ity, 


1 

ra' tion al a 




gen er al 


ii 
pop' u lar 


3 


sec u lar 


prod i gal 


im mor' tal 


sens u al 


12 


in form al 


tech nic al 


u' ni form 


4 


in trep' id 


pu er ile 


tac' i turn 


8 


in hu' man 


&n gu lar 


lib" er al 


pe cul iar 


in ac' tive 


sim i lar 


in se cure' 


sub stan tial 


sin gu lar 


op por tune 


5 


in sip' id 


13 


i de / al 


fa mil iar 6 


pu??c' tu al 


il le gal 


pro vin cial 


vir tu al 


a Rational' ity, the state of being rational. b Familiar' ity (familyar' i ty.) 

< , . . — i 



* 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



7 8 9 10 11 1-2 13 14 15 12 3 4 567 8 9 10 

nor, lire, wet. yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thm, why. 



y, signifies the practice of; state of being ; full 
of ; resembling. 

When y is used as a suffix, it has a great variety of significations, and in many 
instances it does not change the definition of the word to which it is annexed, or 
but slightly modifies its meaning. Cadence, signifies falling away, and cadency 
signifies the same. Fragrance, and fragrancy, and nearly all words which termi- 
nate with ce, are alike similar in meaning before and after the y is added. The 
signification of y as here given will not apply to all the words on this page. The 
derivative words to which they will not apply maybe spelled and not defined, or 
the definition may be learned in some other way. 



LESSON 56.— LYI. 



6 



8 



11 



ca' dence a 


pend' ence 


foil' low 


mon a>rch d 


fra grance 


vel vet 


sin ew 


13 


2 


7 


sil ver 


cut' ler e 


chand' ler & 


fi'er 


vil lain 


sul phur 


arm or c 


bri er 


win ter 


burg lar 



ra r di ance 

5 

in her' ence 
ve' he mence 

6 

fee u lence 
ex i gence 
ex eel lence 
prev a lence 
rel e vance 
as cend' ence 



ex pect' ence 
qui es' cence 
trans cend ence 

8 

in', no cence 
im po tence 
mil lin er 
pro fi' cience 
sub sist ence 

ii 
prom' i nence 



12 



trans lu' cence 



13 



sue' en lence 
sub si dence 
tur bu lence 
re cum' bence 
in dul g-ence 
re dun dance 
re ful gence 
re luct ance 
re pug nance 



a The final e is omitted when y is annexed. — See Rule 2d, page 48. b Chand ler y, 
the articles sold by a chandler, c Ar mor y, a place where arms are kept, d Mon- 
arch y, the government of a mon arch, e Cut ler y, the practice, or business of cutlers ; 
articles made by cutlers, f Ra di an cy, the state of being radiant 

It would be well for the teacher, or some one of the pupils, to be furnished with 
a slip of paper containing the definition of the primitive words, or the words 
printed in the lesson. See " Methods of Teaching," page 42. 



»- 



-» 



»- 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



, l 2 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 12 3456 

Vocals— Jlle, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls- -Bad, leg;, jet, lime 



SECTION VIII, 

The words in this section are classed with reference to the vocal sounds in 
the accented syllables. 

LESSON 1.— I. 



a g-en cy 
a li as 
a que ous 
a re a 
a ri es 
era ni um 
dra per y 
fa tal ist 
fa vor ite 
gay e ty 
knav er y 
la i ty 



ne ga' tion 
no ta tion 
ob la tion 
06* ta vo 
o ra tion 
per sua sion 
po ma turn 
po ta to 
pri va tion 
pro ba tion 
quo ta tion 
sal va tion 
starv a tion 



ma ni a 

ma ni ac 

ma son ry 

pa gan ism 

pa g-eant ry ad jV cent 

pa pa cy ca na ry 



l 

tra' che a 

va ran cy 

va gran cy 

va ri ance 



pa tri arcA 
pa tri ot 
ra di us 
rail ler y 
ra pi er 
slav er y 



ees sa tion 
ce ta ceous 
ci ta tion 
com pla cence 
con ta g*ion 
du ra tion 



em bra' zure 
e qua tion 
e qua tor 
e ra sure 
er ra ta 
e va sion 
for ma tion 
gra da tion 
her ba ceous 
im pa tience 
li ba tion 
lum ba go 



LESSON 2.— II. 



1 

sub stra'tum 
tempt a tion 
test a tor 
to ma to 
tor na do 
ver ba tim 
shil la lah 
re main der 
conveyance 
for bear ance 
bal us trade' 
bas ti nade 
cav al cade 



ar' te ry 
ar se nal 
ar ti cle 
ar ti san 
bar ba mm 
car bu^ cle 
car di nal 
car ni val 
car ti lag^e 
har bin ger 
har di hood 
har mo ny 
harp si cAord 



lar' ce ny 
mar ma lade 
mar chion ess 
mar tin gal 
mas ter y 
par lia ment 
par ti cle 
par ve nu 
pass a ble 
pass o ver 
phar ma cy 
psalm o dy 
guar di an 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



117 



7 S 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 8 9 10 

nor, lire, «>et, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates. — If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



LESSON 3.— III. 



al' ma nac 
au di ble 
1 au di ence 
nau tic al 
nan se a 
nau ti his 
plaus i bly 
psal ter y 
quar ter ly 
for mer ly 
form u la 
for ti eth 
for ti tude 
or cAes tra 
or di nance 



ap o gee 
ap pe tite 
ap ro pos a 
aq ue duct 
aq ui line 
ar a hie 
ar ro gance 
ash er y 
as pi rant 
at ti tude 
av a lanche 
av a rice 
ax i om 
ban is ter 
I bar ri er 



or' gan ist 
or i son 
por ce lain 
por cu pine 
por phyr y 
scor pi on 
.sor ce ry 
a bor' tion 
ab sorp lion 
im port ance 
in form ant 
mis for tune 
ex haus tion 
hy draul ics 
tar pau lin 



ab' do men 
ab so nant 
ab sti nence 
ad ju tant 
ad mi ral 
af flu ence 
al ba tross 
al bi on 
al i bi 
al i quot 
al ka li 
al ka line 
al mon er 
al ti tude 
am a zon 



LESSON 4.— IV. 



ba/ i lisk 
bat ter y 
cal a bash 
cal en dar 
cal i co 
col o mel 
cal um ny 
cal va ry 
cam e o 
can o py 
cap i tol 
cap ri corn 
car a van 
cat a logue 
cat a ract 



cat' e chism 
cav al ry 
cav i ty 
chain o mile 
chap i ter 
char i ot 
char i ty 
chas ti ty 
clar i on 
clar i net 
clav i cle 
cran ber ry 
daf fo dil 
fac to ry 
fac ul ty 



4 

am' bi ent 
am i ty 
am nes ty 
am u let 
ana gram 
an ces tor 
an ec dote 
an arcA y 
an gli cism 
an i mal 
an o dyne 
an thra cite 
an ti dote 
an ti pode 
ap a thy 



fal' con ry 
fal la cy 
fal li ble 
fam i ly 
far ri er 
flat ter y 
fran gi ble 
gal ax y 
gal ler y 
gal van ism 
gran a ry 
gran u lar 
grat i tude 
grav i ty 
guar an ty 



a Ap ro pos, (ap' ro po) opportunely ; to the purpose. 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 567S9 10 1112 13 14 123456 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-yoc'ls— Bud, leg, jet, lime 



LESSON 5.— Y. 



hal' cy on 
hap pi ly 
jac o net 
jan i tor 
lab y rinth 
\<kch ry mal 
lam i na 
lat i tude 
mack er el 
mag* is trate 
mag net ism 
mag ni tude 
maj es ty 
mal a dy 
man ner ly 



stam' i na 
strat a gem 
suav i ty 
tab la ture 
tab u lar 
tal is man 
tarn a rind 
tan g\ bly 
tan ta lus 
tan ta mount 
tap es try 
trag e dy 
trap e zoid 
vac u urn 
vag a bond 
strat i fy 
gal van ize 
mas sa ere 



man' u al 
man tie piece 
man u script 
mar i gold 
mar i time 
mas c\x late 
mas to don 
mat ri cide 
max i mum 
nar ra tive 
pan o ply 
pan the ist 
pan to mime 
par a ble 
par a dise 



par' a dox 
par a gon 
par a graph 
par al lei 
par al lax 
par a mount 
par a pet 
par a site 
par a sol 
par o dy 
par ox ysm 
par ri cide 
pas sen g^er 
phar i see 
quack er y 



LESSON 6.— VI. 



val 7 en tine 
val ue less 
valv u lar 
van dal ism 
van i ty 
vas cu lar 
vas sal age 
vat i can 
wag on er 
a can 7 thus 
ad van tage 
a quat ic 
at Ian tic 
de can ter 
de tach ment 
en rap ture 
me an der 
sub stan tiate 



dis as r ter 
em ba^k ment 
en am el 
ex pan sion 
gi gan tic 
gym nas tic 
ho san na 
in ac tion 
i tal ic 
lym phat ic 
mo ham med 
mi as ma 
mo las ses 
mu lat to 
pi az za 
ap par el 
fi nan cial 
at tract ive 



rad' i cle 
rar i ty 
rhap so dy 
sac cha, rine 
sac ri leg-e 
sal a ry 
sane ti tude 
sa^c ti ty 
san i ty 
sas sa fras 
sat el lite 
sap id ness 
sat ir ist 
sat ur day 
scav in ger 



pneu mat 7 ics 
rheu mat ic 
port man teau 
sa van nah 
se ragl io 
to bac co 
ve ran da 
vol can ic 

5 

de 7 cen cy 
de i ty 
e go tism 
e go tist 
e qui nox 
e qui poise 
e qual ize 
le gal ize 
dei fy 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



7 8 9 10 11 1-2 13 14 15 12 3 4 567 8 9 10 

nor. lit-e, tret, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, hsh, thin, why. 



me' di al 
fe al ty 
fre quen cy 
me di um 
me ni al 
me te or 
pe ri od 
pie ia des 
pie na ry 
pre am ble 
pre mi um 
pre sci ence a 
pre ter it 
re cen cy 
re gen cy 



LESSON 

5 

re 7 qui em 
seen er y 
se ere cy 
te di um 
the a ter 
the o rem 
the o ry 
ve hi cle 
ad he' sion 
ca the dral 
co e val 
co he sion 
con ven ience 
de pie tion 
ga le na 



1.— VII. 

5 

hy e f na 
i de a 
lo bel ia 
ly ce um 
mag rie sia 
mu se um 
o me ga 
pan the on 
pri me val 
qui e tus 
re pie tion 
tor pe do 
un re al 
ve ne tian 
pie be ian 



LESSON 8.— VIII. 



bev' er a^e 

brev i ty 

eel e ry 

eel lu lar 

cen ti ped 
t cen tral ly 

cen tu ry 
i cer e bra! 

cer tain ty 
; cAem is try 
I cher u bim 
1 clem en cy 
| cred i bly 

dec a logue 
j dem a gogue 



dem' o crat 
dent ist ry 
dep u ty 
des pot ism 
des ti ny 
ec sta cy 
ed i ble 
effigy 
ed i fice 
el e gance 
el e phant 
em bas sy 
el o quence 
em bry o 
em e raid 



em' i grant 
em i nence 
em pe ror 
em pha sis 
en e my 
en er gy 
en mi ty 
en ter prise 
en ti ty 
ep au let 
ep i cure 
ep i gram 
ep i graph 
ep i taph 
ep i thet 



ap pel lee' 
cap a pie 
chan de lier* 
dis be lief 
en gi neer 
fin an cier 
trie a see 
gon do lier ' 
gren a dier 
man da rin 
pri va teer 
ref u gee 
sub ma rine 
tarn bour ine 
wol ver ine 



eq' ui ty 
es cu lent 
et i quette 
ev er y 
ev i dence 
fed er al 
fel low ship 
fel on y 
fer ven cy 
fes ti val 
<gen e ra 
hem i sphere 
hem or rhag'e 
hep ta gon 
hep tar chj 



a Pre sci ence, (pre' she ens) foreknowledge. b Chan de lier, (shan de leer') 



-» 



120 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— ^31e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, up, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg, jet, lime 



LESSON 9.— IX. 



her 7 aid ry 
her cu les 
her e sy 
her e tic 
her it age 
her o ine 
her o ism 
jes u it 
iep ro sy 
leth ar gy 
mech an ism 
mel o dy 
mem bra nous 
men di cant 
mer can tile 
mer chan dise 
tel e graph 



rev' er ence 
rev er y 
sed i ment 
sem i breve 
sem i tone 
sen a tor 
sens i bly 
sens o ry 
sen ti ment 
sen ti nel 
sep ul c^er 
ser a phim 
ser pen tine 
serv i tude 
sev en ty 
spec u late 



mes sender 
met a phor 
meth od ist 
neb u lar 
neb u lous 
nee tar hie 
pec to ral 
ped a gogue 
ped ant ry 
ped es tal 
ped i gree 
pel i can 
pend u lum 
pen ta gon 
pen ta tench 
pen te cost 
ter ri fy 

LESSON 

6 

sev' er ance 
skel e ton 
skep ti cism 
spec i men 
spec ta cle 
spec u lar 
spec u lum 
teg u ment 
tel e scope 
tern pe ranee 
ten ant ry 
tend en cy 
ten e ment 
ter ma gant 
ter min us 
ter min ate 



a Ren dez vous, (ren' de voo) 



pen 7 u ry 
per n dy 
per i carp 
per i gee 
per qui site 
per son age 
pest i lence 
pet u lance 
plen i tude 
prec e dent 
prec i pice 
pref er ence 
prel a cy 
rect &n gle 
rec ti tude 
ref er ence 
res i dence 

10.— X. 
6 

ter' ri bly 
ter ra pin 
ter ri er 
test a ment 
tet ra gon 
twen ti eth 
ven tri cle 
ver dan cy 
ver di gris 
ver i ly 
verm i fuge 
verm in ous 
vers a tile 
vert e bra 
vet er an 
ver i fy 

a place of meet 



reg' i cide 
reg i men 
reg i ment 
reg is try 
rel e vant 
ren dez vous a 
ren e gade 
re* er voir 



res 
res 
res 

ret 



i dent 
idue 
in ous 
i cule 
ret i na 
ret ro spect 
rev el ry 
rev e nue 
rem e dy 



jeal' ous y 
pleas ant ry 
treach er y 
treas u rer 
jeop ard y 
bu ri al 
affec'tion 
ab er rant 
ap pel lant 
as cen sion 
as sem blage 
at ten tion 
con cep tion 
con ten tion 
con ges tion 
en gen der 



ng or resort. 



-£ 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



7 8 


9 10 11 


12 13 


14 


15 


nor, 


lire, tvet, yet, 


adz, azure, 


sing, 


this. 



12 34567 89 10 

Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fis/z, thin, why 



LESSON 11.— XI. 

6 6 



con ces 7 sion 


dys pep' sy 


li cen' tiate 


pre emp 7 tion 


con ver sion 


dys pep tic 


lieu ten ant 


pro ces sion 


cos met ic 


e mer sion 


me men to 


pre ten sion 


de cem ber 


e met ic 


mes mer ic 


project ile 


de cep tion 


ex cres cence 


me theg lin 


pro spect us 


de den sion 


ex cres cent 


mo ment um 


prunel la 


de crep it 


ex ten sion 


no vem ber 


re bell ion 


de ment ed 


ex pect ant 


pal met to 


re cep tion 


de mer it - 


fo ren sic 


per cep tion 


re demp tion 


de pend ent 


how ev er 


per cep tive 


re mem brance 


de scend ant 


im press ment 


per fee tion 


re sem blance 


de ten tion 


in cen tive 


per ver sion 


re splend ent 


de ter ment 


in er tia 


po lem ic 


re ten tion 


di lem ma 


in ter ment 


pre cept or 


ro den tia 


dis sem blance in test ate 


pre ces sion 


se ces sion 


dis sen sion 


in tes tine 


pre hen sile 


sub mer sion 


dis cred it 


in her it 


pre des tine 


subject ive 




LESSON 12.— XII. 




6 

sub ver 7 sion 


7 

di 7 a lect 


7 

ni 7 tro gen 


7 

al bi 7 no 


sue ces sion 


di a logue 


piety 


al li ance 


sus pen sion 


di a mond 


pi ra cy 


ar ri val 


to geth er 


di a per 


pri va cy 


con fine ment 


um brel la 


di a ry 


qui e tude 


de ni al 


du en na 


di o cese 


ri val ry 


di vi sor 


u ten sil 


fi ner y 


si en ite 


ho ri zon 


pre hen sion 


i o dine 


si ne cure 


in qui ry 


what ever 


i ron y 


tri &n gle 


mes si ah 


when ev er 


i vory 


vi o lence 


o rion 


re hears al 


li bel ous 


vi o let 


pro vi so 


non pa reil 7 


li bra ry 


vi o lin 


re cit al 


pan ta lets 


mi cro scope 


vi per ous 


re li ance 


par a quet 


ni ce ty 


dy nas ty 


re qui tal 


pic tur esque 


night in gale 


hy a cinth 


re vi val 


sat i net 


nine ti eth 


hy dro gen 


sa li va 


in di rect 


vi o lent 


ri ot ous 


de ci sive 



122 



THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



12 3 4 5 6 7 S 
Vocals— Ale", arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, J 



) 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 

-, do, not, sue, lip, full. Sue-voc'ls— Bud, leg- Jet, lime 



big' a my 
brill ian cy 
brig an tine 
chiv al ry a 
cic a trice 
cim e ter 
cin na mon 
exit i cism 
dif fl dence 
dig ni ty 
dil i gence 
dis pu tant 
fiftieth 
fil a ment 
fis tu la 
grid i ron 
hin der ance 



riv' u let 
sig na ture 
sim i le 
sim pie ton 
sin i cal 
sir i us 
slip per y 
stim u lant 
stim u lus 
tif fa ny 
tit u lar 
trin i ty 
trip li cate 
trip o li 
vie to ry 
vin ci ble 



LESSON 13.— XIII 



his' to ry 
hick o ry 
d i om 
g no ranee 
1 i ad 
m be cile 
m pe tus 
m pie ment 
m pu dence 
n ci dence 
n cubus 
n di gence 
n di go 
n do lence 
n dus try 
n fan cy 
n fa my 



in' fant ry 
in fer ence 
in ju ry 
in te ger 
in te gral 
in tel lect 
in ter course 
in ter val 
in va lid 
lib er tine 
lib er ty 
lie o rice 
lig a ment 
lin e age 
lin e ar 
lit ur gy 
lit a ny 



LESSON 14.— XIY. 



vin' e gar 
vis i ble 
vis it ant 
vit re ous 
whip po will 
wid ow er 
cyl in der 
myr i ad 
myr mi don 
pyr a mid 
syc a more 
syc o phant 
syl la ble 
syl lo gism 
sym me try 
sym pa thy 



syn a gogue 
sym pho ny 
syn cho pe 
syn o nim 
syn the sis 
syr i ac 
syr i an 
c&rys a lis 
tyr an ny 
ab scis' sion 
ad mis sion 
am bi tion . 
be nig nant 
con flict ing 
col li sion 
con sist ence 



mil' i tant 
mich ael mas 
min er al 
min ia ture 
min u end 
mir a cle 
mis ere ant 
mis tie toe 6 
mit ti mus 
pil lo ry 
prin ci pie 
priv i ly 
quin tu pie 
rib aid ry 
rick et ty 
rit u al 
sin is ter 



8 
con tin' gence 
de cis ion 
de ris ion 
de scrip tion 
dis tmc tion 
di vi sion 
do min ion 
e clip tic 
e lix ir 
el lip sis 
e mis sion 
e nig ma 
e pis tie 
ex ist ence 
ex tmc tion 
fla min go 



a Chivalry (shiv' al ry ) b Misletoe (raiz' 1 to.) 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 S 9 10 11 12 13 14 

nor. lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, 



this. Aspirates 



12 3456 7 39 10 
-If, he, keep, sit, rich, fisA, thin, why. 



no til 7 la 
for bid den 
guer ril la 
in scrip tion 
mi li tia 
mu si cian 
nu tri tion 
o mis sion 
om nis cience 
o pin ion 
op ti cian 
pa cif ic 
pa tri cian 
pa vil ion 
per di tion 
per mis sion 
pro fi cient 



pop' er y 
port er age 
post mas ter 
po ten cy 
pro te us 
pro to col 
pro to type 
rogu er y 
ro sa ry 
ro se ate 
ro ta ry 
sc/^o li urn 
sco ri a 
so cia bly 
so cial ism 
sto i cism 
no ta ble 



LESSON 15.— XV. 



po si 7 tion 
pos till ion 
pre ci sion 
pre scrip tion 
pre die tion 
pro scrip tion 
pro vin cial 
quin til lion 
re li gion 
re li/i quent 
re mis sion 
se di tion 
si li cia 
sol sti tial 
som nif ic 
sta tis tic 
snf n cient 



sub mis 7 sion 
sub scrip tion 
stra bis mus 
sy rin ga 
tac ti cian 
ter rif nc 
tran scrip tion 
trail si tion 
un writ ten 
va nil la 
ver mil lion 
e gyp tian 
phy si cian 
pliil ip ic 
mo ni tion 
des ha bille 7 
in dis tinct 



bo 7 re as 

co gent ly 
fo li age 
fo li o 
for ci bly 
ho sier y 
no bod y 
no ta ry 
o a sis 
o li o 
o pi ate 
o pi um 
o ri ole 
o va ry 
o ver ture 
po et ry 
port a ble 



LESSON 1 6.— XVI. 



vo 7 ta ry 
zo di ac 
zo o phite 
yeo man ry 
au ro' ra 
cor ro sive 
com mo tion 
pan do ra 
de co rum 
de po nent 
de port ment 
dis clo sure 
dis po sal 
e mo tion 
ex po nent 
ex po sure 
fe ro cious 



je ho 7 vah 
mis no mer 
oc to ber 
op po nent 
pa go da 
pro po nent 
pro po sal 
un so cial 
al a mode 7 
ev er more 
un der go 

10 

sooth 7 say er 
cou ri er 
souv e nir 
trou ba dour 
mov a ble 



10 

cal a boose' 
pan ta loons 

n 
choV er a 
Choi is ter 
coch i neal 
cod i cil 
cof fee pot 
cog ni zance 
cog no men 
col o ny 
col um bine 
com mo dore 
com plai sance 
com pie ment 
con cu bine 
hal i but 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— v31e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg, jet, lime, 



11 

con' di merit 
con fer ence 
con flu ent 
con flu ence 
con se quence 
con stan cy 
con stant ly 
con ti nence 
con tra ry 
con vo cate 
cor o nal 
cor o ner 
cor o net 
cor pus cle a 
crock er y 
con ic al 
con ti nent 



n 

pol' y glot 
pol y gon 
pol y pus 
pos si bly 
pot ter y 
prob a bly 
prob a ble 
prob i ty 
prod i gj 
prog- e ny 
prop er ty 
proph e cy 
pros o dy 
prov en der 
rob ber y 
scrof u la 



LESSON 17.— XVII. 



11 
croc' o dile 
doc u ment 
dog ma tist 
dom in ant 
for eign er 
glos sa ry 
gon do la 
gos sa mer 
horn i cide 
hom i ly 
horn i ny 
hon est y 
lior o scope 
hor ri bly 
hos pi tal 
joe u lar 
lop; £er head 



li 

log' a lithm 
Ion g\ tude 
lot ter y 
mock er y 
moc ca sin 
mod est y 
mon i tor 
non de script 
nov el ty 
ob e lisk 
ob lo quy * 
ob sta cle 
oc cu pant 
oc ta gon 
of fi cer 
om in ous 
om ni form 



LESSON 18.— XVIII. 



li 

solv' en cy 
soph ist ry 
soph o more 
tol er ance 
vol u ble 
vol u bly 
quad ru ped 
qual i ty 
quan da ry 
quan ti ty 
quar an tine 
bot a ny 
ac com' plice 
a pol lo 
a pos tate 
ca lor ic 



a Cor pus cle, (kor' pus si,) a 



11 

co los' sal 
chdb ot ic 
de coc tion 
ex ot ic 
for got ten 
im pos tor 
im promp tu 
in solv ent 
im pos ture 
ma son ic 
mo roc co 
nar cot ic 
o pos sum 
pla ton ic 
pro bos cis 
pul mon ic 

minute particle of i 



11 

om' ni bus 
om e let 
op e ra 
op u lence 
or a cle 
or a tor 
or i fice 
or i gin 
or re ry 
os cil late 
os se ous 
ot to man 
ox y gen 
pol i cy 
pol i ty 
pon der ous 
pop u lous 



ii 
des pot 1 ic 
nar cot ic 
sar don ic 
scle rot ic 
si roc co 
spas mod ic 
syn op sis 

12 

eu' cha, rist 
eu lo gist 
eu lo gy 
eu pho ny 
flu en cy 
fu gi tive 
fu ner al 
fu si ble 



-* 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



125 



9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 

live, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing, this. Aspirates.- If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



12 

hu' mor ist 
hu mor some 
hu gue not 
ju bi lee 
ju da ism 
ju ni per 
ju pi ter 
lu ci fer 
lu cu brate 
lu na cy 
lu na tic 
lu so ry 
mu ci lage 
mu ti ny 
nu cle us 
nu di ty 
nu tri tive 
nu mer ous 



12 

am a teur' 
re as sure 
con nois seur 
pic a yune 

13 

cul' pa bly 
cus to dy 
cur ren cy 
cul min ate 
dul ci mer 
fur ni ture 
far be low 
glut ton y 
hiir ri cane 
hu.s band ry 
jug gler y 



LESSON 19.— XIX. 



12 

nu' tri ment 
plu ri sy 
pu ber ty 
pu gil ist 
pu ri tan 
pu ri ty 
pu ri fy 
rheu ma tism 
ru di ment 
.scru ta ble 
scru ti ny 
stu di o 
su i cide 
tu bu lar 
tu te lar 
u ni corn 
ru in ous * 
ru mi nate 



12 

u ; ni son 

u ni ty 
cu po la 
u riii al 
cu cum ber 
us u rer 
cru ci ble 
us u ry 
ab lu' tion 
a cli men 
al lu sion 
as sur ance 
ci cu ta 
con clu sion 
con fu sion 
de lu sion 
de lu sive 
de put ed 



LESSON 20.— XX. 



13 

jug' u lar 
lux u ry 

mul ber ry 
mul ti pie 
mul ti tude 
nul li ty 
nurs er y 
pub li can 
pun gen cy 
shrub ber y 
sub se quence 
sub ter fuge 
sub tie ty 
sub tra fiend 
sue co tasli 
pus tu lous 



13 

sup' pie ment 
sup pli cant 
sur cm gle 
sur ger y 
sur gi cal 
sur ro gate 
sus te nance 
tur pen tine 
tur pi tude 
ul ti mo 
ul tra ism 
ut ter most 
un guin ous 
un a ware 
un der wood 
tourn a ment 



12 

dif fu' sion 
dis un ion 
ef fu sion 
e lu sion 
ich neu mon 
il lu sion 
im pru dence 
in sur ance 
mi nu tia 
pro fu sion 
re fu sal 
re new al 
se clu sion 
so lu tion 
tri bu n al 
ab lu cent 
ac cus er 
a mus inof 



13 

come' li ness 
com pa ny 
oth er wise 
som er set 
south er ly 
soy er eign 
ab due' tion 
ab due tor 
a bun dance 
as sump sit 
as sump tion 
a sun der 
au turn nal 
com pul sion 
com punc tion 
con cus sion 



-* 



126 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-*| 




THE OLD MAN WITH A STAFF. 

My Dear Children : You see I am old ; very old. 
My head is white ; and I lean upon a staff when I 
walk, for I am not strong. I -have seen the snows of 
eighty winters, and the green leaves and grass of as 
many summers, and this is the winter of my life. 
Listen to me now, and I will tell you a story of the 
days when I was young. 

I was a small boy when I heard the people talk of 
the British, and the battle of Bunker's Hill. Then I 
saw a great many men, with guns and swords, go 
past the house where we lived. My father and eldest 
brother went with them. ! how my mother cried 
when they went away. 

Father was gone a long time, but I cannot now 
tell you how many years. One day, when the sun 
was going down behind the mountain, an old man 
came up the road, and stopped by the fence in front 
of our house. He had a gun on his shoulder, and a 
sack upon his back. 

He leaned against the fence and looked around. 
Then he wiped the tears from his eyes, and came to 



THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



the door. It was open, and he stepped in and sat 
down in a chair. I was in the house with my little 
sister. 

Mother soon came in, and when she saw the man 
she threw her arms around his neck, and they both 
cried aloud. Mother soon said, " Children, this is your 
father." Then we all felt quite happy, and father had 
many stories to tell us. 

He said that one day when there was a hard fought 
battle between the American and British armies, he 
was shot in the arm. It was night, and the battle 
ceased. The sun had gone down, and the full moon 
rose in the east. It looked pale, and to him the little 
stars appeared to be sad. 

His own heart was filled with sorrow, for many 
who went out in the morning, full of life and hope, 
were then cold in death. He looked for his son, my 
brother, who was with him in the morning, but he was 
nowhere to be found. 

My father's arm was bound up, and he walked 
over the field of battle. The pale light of the moon 
shone upon the faces of the dead and dying. After a 
long time he found my brother. He was still alive, and 
could speak. 

He said, " My dear father, I shall live but a little 
longer. I know that I shall die soon, and I have a 
few words to say while I live. I have tried to do 
right in this world, but I know I have often done 
wrong. I have not always been as kind to you and 
my dear mother as I ought to have been. I hope you 
will forgive me. 

" I shall never see my mother again. Oh ! if I 
could lay my head upon her lap, or feel her hand upon 
my burning brow, I should be happy. Give her my 
dying love ; tell her I hope she will forgive all my fol- 
lies and unkindness, and that I hope to be happy in 
another world." Those were his last words. 



»- 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— w91e, arm, all, at, me, met, zee, it, no, do, not, sue, icy, full. Sub-voc'jls— JBi\d, leg, jet, lime 



SECTION IX. 

The words in this section are classed with reference to their derivatives. 

ly, signifies like ; resembling ; in a — manner. 
ness, sig. the quality of being ; state of being. 



gre ga n ous 
ex tra ne ous 
ne fa ri ous 
pre ca ri ous 
spon ta ne ous 
un sa vo ry 
ad van ta' g'eous 
con tu ma cious 
ef fi ca cious 
os ten ta tious 
per ti na cious 



spec' u la tive 
tern po ra ry 
in cred' u lous 
i den tic al 
de term in ate 
ex em pla ry 
in def i nite 
ir res o lute 
in dec o rous 
in vet er ate 
in g*en u ous 
im per vi ous 



LESSON 1.— I. 

3 

in or' di nate 
im port u nate 
un fort u nate 

4 

ex trav' a gant 
e lab o rate 
u nan i mous 
in ad e quate 
un nat u ral 
mi rac u lous 
trans' i to ry 

LESSON 2.— II. 

6 

tem pest' u ous 
un mer ci ful 
ob strep er ous 
re med i less 
su per la tive 
su per flu ous 
in tem per ate 
im pet u ous 
af fee tion ate 
com pend i ous 
cor rel a tive 
un mer it ed 



an' te quat ed 
ca lam'i tous 
com pas sion ate 
ca dav er ous 
de clar a tive 

5 

ab ste' mi ous 
im pe ri ous 
mys te ri ous 
e the re al 
sac ri le' gious 



con sec' u tive 
con tempt u ous 
dis con tent' ed 
in of fen sive 
un sue cess ful 
al i ment ive 
ap pre hen sive 
com pre hen sive 
con sci en tious 
.con se quen tial 
dis re speet ful 
cir cum spect ive 



»-■ 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



129 



-s 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 

nor, li?*e, teet, yet, adz, azure, sing 



15 123456789 10 

f/iis. Aspirates. — If, he, keep, sit, r\ch, fish, thin, why. 



The words on this page form derivatives by the addition of ly, and ness. 

LESSON 3.— III. 



8 

am big' u ous 
as sid u ous 
con sid er ate 
con spic u ous 
con tig u ous 
de fin i tive 
di min u tive 
de riv a tive 
de lir i ous 
fe lie it ous 
fas tid i ous 
vo cif er ous 
con tin u ous 
dis trib u tive 
de lib er ate 

sol' i ta ry 
vol un ta ry 
dis con' so late 
im mod er ate 
pre pos ter ous 



in qui s' i tive 
in vid i ous 
in sid i ous 
las civ i ous 
le git i mate 
or bic u lar 
per fid i ous 
pro mis en ous 
per spic u ous 
pre cip i tous 
ri die u lous 
so lie it ous 
ar ti fi' cial 
av a ri eious 
in au spi cious 

LESSON 4.— IV. 

12 

pe nu' ri ous 
in ju ri ous 
sa lu bri ous 
sul phu re ous 
un scru pu lous 



ben e fi' cial 
su per sti tious 
mer e tri cious 
in ju di cious 
su per fi cial 
dil' a to ry 

9 

cen so' ri ous 
com mo di ous 
me lo di ous 
op pro bri ous 
er ro ne ous 
har mo ni ous 
in glo ri ous 
vie to ri ous 

13 

il lus' tri ous 
tu mult u ous 
pre sumpt u ous 
un pro duct' ive 
un be com ing 



The following words form derivatives by the addition of ly. 



or' di na ry in trans' i tive 

ex or' bi tant tri an gu lar 

sub or di nate ver nac u lar 

4 o rac u lar 

col lat' er al syn tac ti cal 

mag nan i rciQUS quad ra^ gu lar 

di ag o nal rect an gu lar 

dis pas sion ate im mac u late 

in ac cu rate coun ter act' ive 



cir cum stan' tial 
un sub stan tial 
sa^' guin a ry 

5 

o be' di ent 
ex te ri or 
ex pe di ent 
im me di ate 
ma te ri al 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-» 



12 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 10 II 12 13 14 12 3 4 ; 

Vocals— ./21e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg-Jet. 



ly, signifies like; resembling ; in a — - 



The words on this page and the following one form 
offy. 

LESSON 5.— V. 

6 

sub serv' i ent 
in del i cate 
ir rev er ent 
im per ti nent 
ma lev o lent 
ne ces si tous 
oc ten ni al 
ex ec u tive 
ef fem i nate 
he ret \c al 
her met ric al 
in el e gant 
in tel li g*ent 
im pen i tent 
ir rel e vant 

LESSON 6.— VI. 

8 

an ric' u lar 
e quiv a lent 
e quiv o cal 
e pis co pal 
ha bit u al 
iniq ui tous 
in cip i ent 
i tin er ant 
in dif fer ent 
in die a tive 
sig nif i cant 
le vit ic al 
ju rid i cal 
in fin i tive 



in a — manner. 

derivatives by the addition 



an te ced' ent 
in con ven ient 
in co her ent 

6 

be nef ' i cent 
ad vent ur ous 
ad verb i al 
al tern a tive 
be nev o lent 
con tern pla tive 
pro verb i al 
pro fes sion al 
per pet u al 
pre em i nent 
per en ni al 



in de pend' ent 
in ad vert ent 
un re lent ing 
un ex pect ed 
un sus pect ed 
un de serv ing 
trans cend ent al 
nee' es sa ry 
sec ond a ry 
sed en ta ry 

8 

con tin' u al 
con trib u tive 
co in ci dent 



im per' a tive 
tri en ni al 
ter res tri al 
un g*en er ous 
un mer ci ful 
ac qui es' cent 
con fi den tial 
prov i den tial 
rev er en tial 
ret ro spect ive 
ev a nes cent 
fun da ment al 
in flu en tial 
ir re spect ive 
in ci dent al 



so phist' i cal 
par tic u lar 
pest if er ous 
un scrip tur al 
mu nif i cent 
mag nif i cent 
ob liv i ous 
om nip o tent 
mel lif Iu ent 
in con sist' ent 
prej u di cial 
con tra diet ive 
ex pe di tious 
sur rep ti tious 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

nor, live, tret, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. 



1-2 3456 7 89 10 

Aspirates.- If, he, keep, sit, rich, t\sh, thin, why. 



in ju di' cious 
in ef fi oient 
in suf fi cient 
ir re lig* ious 
un pro pi tious 
un sus pi cious 
un sub mis sive 
dil' a to ry 

9 

col W qui al 
me mo ri al 
sym pho ni ous 
no to ri ous 
pa ro ch\ al 
cor po re al 
pic to ri al 
pro por tion ate 
la bo ri ous 



math e mat' ic al 
prob lem at ic al 
sat is fac to ry 

5 

dis o be' di ent 
in ex pe di ent 
min is te ri al 



LESSON 1.— VII. 

9 

fe k/ ni ous 
in glo ri ous 

n 
a non' y mous 
con com i tant 
in con gru ous 
de mon stra tive 
in con. ti nent 
pre rog a tive 
pre dom in ate 
de rog a tive 
in con ti nent 
im prov i dent 
his tor ic al 
pro nom in al 
il log- ic al 
in tol er ant 
in com pe tent 

LESSON 8.— VIII. 

8 

ig no min' i ous 
il le git i mate 
in dis crim in ate 
in sig nif i cant 
par ti cip i al 
met a phys ic al 
pre Jim' in a ry 
pro pi tia to ry 



syn on y mous 
syn op tic al 
syn od ic al 
cor re spond' ent 
hor i zon tal 
e qui noc tial 

12 

pro tu' ber ant 
gra tu i tous 
in tu i tive 
ex u ber ant 
lux u ri ous 
for tu i tous 
pe cun ia ry fl 
un us u al 

13 

in dus' tri ous 
e nun cia tive & 



cer e mo ni al 
cer e mo ni ous 
ac ri mo ni ous 
e qua to ri al 
im me mo ri al 

n 
e co nom' ic al 
par a dox ic al 
or a tor ic al 



12 



ar gu ment' a tive 
di a met ric al sen a to' ri al 
in tel lect u al ter ri to ri al 
ex tern' po ra ry die ta to ri al 

a The y is changed to i. — See Rule 3d, page 52. b E nun cia tive (e nun'sha tive) 



mul ti tu' din ous 
Ion gi tu din al 



a — 




— - -» 


132 THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


12 3 4 5 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


12 3 4 5 6 


Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, 


met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, full. 


Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg; jet, lima, 


ness, sig> the state of being ; quality of being. 




LESSON 9.— IX. 




i 
at tain' a ble 


4 

am' i ca ble 


6 

des' pi ca ble 


a vail a ble 


char it a ble 


pref er a ble 


un chang-e a ble 


in fal' li ble 


rep u ta ble 


in sa tia ble 


in flam ma ble 


ques tion a ble 


im pla ca ble 


re frac to ry 


ven er a ble 


in ca pa ble 


in tract a ble 


mer chant a ble 


cal ca re ous 


in tan gi ble 


ser vice a ble 


a' mi a ble 


5 


sep er a ble 


va ri a ble 


a me' na ble 


el i gi ble 


4 


a gree a ble 


en vi a ble 


mal' le a ble 


re ceiv a ble 


eq ui ta ble 


man age a ble 


re triev a ble 


es ti ma ble 


nav i ga ble 


un teach a ble 


pleas ur a ble 


prac ti ca ble 


rea' son a ble 
LESSON 10.— X 


meas ur a ble 


6 


7 


10 


sus cep' ti ble 


re li' a ble 


im prov' a ble 


dis pens a ble 


ad vi sa ble 


ap prov a ble 


con tempt i ble 


as sign a ble 


im mov a ble 


un ten a ble 


8 


n 


in sens i ble 


pit' i a ble 


im pon' der ous 


in flex i ble 


mis er a ble 


re spons i ble 


il leg* i ble 


ir ri ta ble 


de mon stra ble 


in ef fa ble 


am phib' i ous 


12 


in cred i ble 


di vis i ble 


in cur' a ble 


os ten si ble 


in vis i ble 


im mu ta ble 


la ment a ble 


in vin ci ble 


in scru ta ble 


de lee ta ble 


il lit er ate 


ex cus a ble 


un quench a ble 


9 


con du ci ble 


un search a ble 


a do' ra ble 


13 


com mend a ble 


un so cia ble 


com bus 7 ti ble 


£ 




iii 



THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

nor, lire, tret, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— I/, he, keep, sit, rich, iish, thin, why. 



The words on this page form derivatives by the addition of ness. 
LESSON 11.— XI. 

4 6 

in com pat' i ble im per cep 7 ti ble 
uii gram mat i cal in ef feet u al 
im prac 7 ti ca ble ir re press i ble 

5 

un re a' son a ble 
un sea son a ble 
ho mo ge f ne ous 



in va' ri a ble 
in al ien a ble 
mis eel la 7 ne ous 
phar i sa ic al 
mul ti fa ri ous 
sim ul ta ne ous 
ir re claim a ble 



dis ad van ta r geous ir re deem a ble 
in ef fi ca cious in con ceiv a ble 

4 ir re triev a ble 



su per nat 7 u ral 
pu sil Ian i mous 
o le ag in ous 
car ti lag- i nous 



h 6 

in ev 7 i ta ble 
un serv ice a ble 

8 

in im' it a ble 
in dis so lu ble 
in dis pu ta ble 
dis in ter est ed 
ir re sist 7 i ble 
in ar tic u late 
in con sid er ate 
sop o rif er ous 
su per cil i ous 
pyr a mid ic al 



dis in gen' u ous 
rep re hen si ble 
in ac cess i ble 

LESSON 12.— XII 

9 

un sup port 7 a ble 
dis pro por tion ate 
in com mo di ous 
par si mo ni ous 
sane ti mo ni ous 
in ap pro pri ate 
mer i to ri ous 



un sus cep ti ble 
in dis pens a ble 
com pre hens i ble 
in el 7 i gi ble 
im pen e tra ble 
im per me a ble 
ir rev o ca ble 
in sep er a ble 
in term in a ble 
im me as ur a ble 
un en vi a ble 



a ble 



10 

ir re mov 7 

n 
in tol 7 er a ble 
a bom i na ble 



n 
un prof 7 it a ble 
in hos pi ta ble 
in cor ri gi ble 
im pon der a ble 

12 

com mu 7 ni ca tive 
in su per a ble 
in ex cu 7 sa ble 

13 

in vul 7 ner a ble 
in com bust 7 i ble 
in cor rupt i ble 



co tern po ra 7 ne ous 
ex tern po ra ne ous 

4 

un sat is fac 7 to ry 
in de fat 7 i p;a ble 



het e ro ge f ne ous 

6 

in com pre hens 7 i ble 
ir rep re hens i ble 
un par lia ment a ry 



-« 



134 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 567S9 10 1112 13 14 12345C 

Vocals— v31e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, swe, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bad, leg, jet, lime, 



ed, signifies did ; was ; or were. 

ing, signifies continuing to ; tending to. 

ion, sig. the act of; state of being ; that which is. 

or, signifies the person who; one who; that which. 

LESSON 13.— XIII. 
4 6 11 

in ter' ro gate 
in ves ti gate 
in ter po late 



e man' ci pate 
e vac u ate 
con grat u late 
cli lap i date 
pre var i cate 
pro eras ti nate 

5 

ab bre' vi ate 
ai le vi ate 

6 

ac eel' er ate 
con fed er ate 
com mem o rate 
dis sem i nate 
ex ten u ate 



an tic' i pate 
com mis er ate 
con oil i ate 
de lin e ate 
dis crim in ate 
e quiv o cate 
ges tic u late 
o rig* in ate 
par tic i pate 
pre eip i tate 
re frig 1 er ate 



ac com' mo date 
a bom i nate 
de nom i nate 
de pop u late 
ex pos tu late 
in oc u late 
prog nos ti cate 

12 

ac cu' mu late 
com mu ni cate 
e lu ci date 
il lu mi nate 
re pu di ate 
ca lum ni ate 
ad ju di'cate 



LESSON 14.— XIV. 
The words in this lesson form derivatives by the addition of ed, ing, and ion. 



mit/ i gate 
stip u late 
lit i gate 
liq ui date 

13 

rus' tic ate 
sup pli cate 
suf fo cate 
sub ju gate 
sub li mate 
sub sti tute 



co ag' u late 
con cat e nate 
con tam i nate 

7 

an ni' hi late 

8 

af fil' i ate 
as sim i late 
ar tic u late 
cer tif i cate 
fa cil i tate 



ap pro' pri ate 
ex fo li ate 

n 
ap prox' i mate 
ag glom er ate 
cor rob o rate 
co op er ate 
con glom er ate 

12 

e nu' mer ate 
con glu ti nate 



-a 



THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



135 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

nor, lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, 



14 15 
sing-, this. 



12 3456 7 89 10 
Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, iish, thin, why. 



The words on this page form derivatives by the addition of ed and ing. 
final e is omitted. See Rule 2d, page 48. 



The 



in aug' u rate 
dis or gan ize 
im mor tal ize 
re or gan ize 

4 

per am' bu late 
a nat o mize 
ca par i son 
e van gel ize 
i tal i cise 
mac ad am ize 



ad min' is ter 
a cid i fy 
de bii i tate 
fa mil iar ize 
e pit o mize 
fe lie i tate 
cen trip li cate 
ha bit u ate 
i tin er ate 
re viv i fy 
so lil o quize 



LESSON 15.— XV. 
4 
in val' i date 
dis sat is fy a 
di lac er ate 
un der val' ue 
man u fac ture 
dis en taw gle 
coun ter bal ance 
car' i ca ture 

6 

in dem' ni fy 
di vers i fy 

LESSON 16.— XVI. 

8 

sys' tern a tize 
lib er al ize 
min er al ize 

u 
e con' o mize 
in doc tri nate 
per son i fy 
a pol o g*ize 
a pos ta tize 
a pos tro phize 
mo nop o lize 



i den' ti fy 
e lee tri fy 
ex em pli fy 
im per son ate 
ex per i ment 
ex tern po rize 
gen' er al ize 
pre de term' ine 
mis rep re sent' 
su per in tend 
an i mad vert 



12 

in fu' ri ate 
ag glu ti nate 
an nu me rate 
re mu ner ate 
re du pli cate 
su per in duce' 

13 

re sus' ci tate 
dis en cum' ber 

oi 

re con noi' ter 



He who seeks to immortalize his name by disor- 
ganizing* society and demoralizmg- the community, 
will be dissatisfYcd with his own labors and reap the 
reward of his iniquity. By habituatmg* himself to 
acts of injustice he will become familiar with vice, 
and will soon be disqualify for the nobler duties of life. 

a The y is changed to i. — See Rule 3d, page 52. 



136 THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



I 2 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 12 3456 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, full. Sub-voc'ls- ~Bnd, leg; jet, lime 

• 

al, signifies 'pertaining to; belonging to, 
ally, the ly in ally, signifies in a — manner. 

LESSON 17.— XVII. 

li ; - 4 8 

met a phor' ic am' a to ry a the ist' \c 

al le gor ic pat ri mo ny e go tist ic 

edit e gor ic mat ri mo ny hyp o crit ic 

4 cho ro graph' ic sci en tif \c 
au to graph' ic § 6 

al lo path ic at mos pher' ic mi cro scop' ic 

dem o crat ic al pha bet ic pe ri od ic 

em blem at ic di a lee tic phil o soph ic 

e nig mat ic en er get ic pa tri ot ic 

ge o graph ic ep i dem ic tel e scop ic 

in or gan ic ge o met vie the o log ic 

lith o graph ic hy po thet ic cAro no log ic 

or tho graph ic sym pa thet ic 4 

sys tern at ic the o ret ic ar is to crat'ic 

ty po graph ic ac a dem ic bib li o graph ic 

top o graph ic ap a thet ic en thu si ast ic 

tel e graph ic ar ith met ic ec cle si as tic 

bi o graph ic ex per' i ment ho me o path ic 

LESSON 18.— XVIII. 

ly, signifies like; resembling ; in a — manner. 
ity, signifies the state of being ; act of being. 

1 6 5 

ir ra' tion al ir reg' u lar im ma te' ri al 

5 . sen ti ment' al 6 

im pe' ri al u ni vers al in tel lect n al 
ma te ri al 8 8 

pos te ri or il lib' er al in di vid' n al 

6 o rig in al per pen die u lar 

e vent' u al re cip ro cal 



12 



im per son al ha bit u al con sti tu'tion al 



-* 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 137 



People usually find it difficult to spell words in which e and i are combined to 
represent the fifth vocal sound, or the long sound of e. This difficulty arises from 
the want of some rule by which to determine when it should be ei, and when ie. 
Those who will carefully study the following rule, and closely observe the few ex- 
ceptions to it, will henceforth find no difficulty in spelling this class of words. 

Rule 7. — When e and i are combined to represent the fifth vocal sound, or long 
sound of e, the i precedes the e, making it ie, except when that sound is preceded 
by the fifth aspirate sound, or hissing sound of s, when e is placed first, making it ei. 

Exceptions. — siege, financier, either, neither and leisure, with their derivatives, 
constitute the few exceptions to this rule. 

Note. — The following words, with their derivatives, constitute nearly the entire 
list of words in which ei represents the fifth vocal sound. 

5 5 5 5 

ceil de ceit' con ceil/ ei' ther 

seine de ceive re ceipt nei ther 

seize con ceive re ceive leis ure 



TIME. 

I saw a child rejoicing in its youth — the idol of his 
mother, and the only pride of his father. I returned, 
and hoary locks were upon the head of the child. 
Trembling with the weight of years, he stood, the last 
of his generation — a stranger amidst the desolation 
around him. 

I saw an oak stand in all its pride upon the moun- 
tains ; the birds were carolling on its boughs. I re- 
turned ; the oak was sapless and barren, and the 
winds were playing through its leafless boughs. 
" Who is this destroyer ? " said I to my guardian angel. 

" It is Time," said he. " When the morning stars 
sang together for joy, over the new-made world, he 
commenced his course; and when he shall have de- 
stroyed all that is beautiful on the earth, plucked the 
sun from his sphere, 'and veiled the moon in blood; 
yea, when he shall have rolled heaven and earth away 
as a scroll — then shall an angel from the throne of 
Grod come forth, and with one foot on the sea, and one 
on the land, lift up his hand towards heaven, and 
swear, by Heaven's Eternal, Time was, Time is, but 
I Time shall be no more ! " 

L. j 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals — JHe, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, ?tp, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg, jet, lime, 



SECTION X. 



The words in this section are classed with reference 


to the vocal sounds in the 


accented syllables. 


LESSON 1.— I. 




1 

sta' tion a ry 


l 
com pla' cen cy 


1 

ap pel la' tion 


pi a gi a mm 


aus tral i an 


an no ta tion 


a er o naut 


mo ra vi an 


ad u la tion 


a er o lite 


ge ra ni urn 


al li ga tor 


fa vor it ism 


pro ba tion er 


ar g\\ la ceous 


a mi a bly 


pal la di um 


cir cum ja cent 


a pi a ry 


re ga li a 


al ter ca tion 


a vi a ry 


sect a ri an 


com mu ta tion 


va ri o loid 


ter ra que ous 


min is tra tion 


a gra' ri an 


un sal a ble 


con fla gra tion 


ar ca di a 


trans pa ren cy 


con form a tion 


ar ca di an 


un va ry ing 


con stel la tion 


chi can er y 


ab er ra' tion 
LESSON 2.— II. 


con ster na tion 


i 
oc en pa' tion 


i 

des pe ra' do 


2 

par' si mon y 


os cil la tion 


mus ca va do 


par ti cip le 


os ten ta tion 


el do ra do 


pan o ra' ma 


in to na tion 


ra di a ta 


su per car go 


de mark a tion 


af fi da vit 


mag na char ta 


rec re a tion 


ul ti ma turn 


3 


se ques tra tion 


in ter ja cent 


con form' i ty 


spo li a tion 


lit er a ti 


de form i ty 


in cu ba tion 


vert e bra ta 


e nor mi ty 


in dig na tion 


ru ta ba ga 


ex or di um 


stra% gu la tion 


cor o na tion 


in au gu ral 


trep i da tion 


sap o na ceous 


un re cord' ed 


trirj u la tion 


el e cam pane' 


un im port ant 


ver ber a tion 


leg er de main 


un re ward ed 



1 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



I 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 567 8 9 10 

, lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— I/, he, keep, sit, rich, Ush, thin, why. 



ag' ri cul ture 
al a bas ter 
am a tive ness 
an ti mo ny 
ap o plex y 
cal en la ble 
cas so wa ry 
cas u al ty 
cat a lep sy 
cat e go ry 
char i ta ble 
pal li a tive 
prac ti cal ly 
sa^c ti mo ny 
san i ta ry 



in grat' i tude 
bar bar i ty 
neu ral gi a 
oc tan gu lar 
ol fact o ry 
pa ral y sis 
phi Ian thro py 
phy lac te ry 
po tas si urn 
ra pac i ty 
sab bat i cal 
sa gac i ty 
sa mar i tan 
som nam bu list 
ta ran tu la 
o rang:' ou tang' 



LESSON 3.— III. 

4 

stat' u a ry 
tab er na cle 
jan u a ry 
val u a ble 
a cad' e my 
a nal o gy 
a nal o gous 
am bas sa dor 
a nal y sis 
a nath e ma 
a nat o my 
a nat o mist 
an tag o nist 
as par a gus 
an dac i ty 

LESSON 4.— IV. 

4 

ur ban' i ty 
ca pac i ty 
ve rac i ty 
vi vac i ty 
vo rac i ty 
ben e fac' tor 
ben e fac tress 
dip lo mat ic 
dis ad van tag*e 
hy dro path ic 
hy dro stat ics 
mal e fac tor 
math e mat ics 
mem o ran dum 
o le an der 
pet ri fac tion 



be at' i fy 
be at i tude 
ca lam i ty 
com par i son 
com pat i ble 
com pat i bly 
de prav i ty 
di am e ter 
dis par i ty 
in val i date 
e van ge list 
fa nat i cism 
hu man i ty 
im man u el 
in fal li bly 



sat is fac' tion 
prop a gan da 
ra mi nan tia 
tal is man ic 
trans at Ian tic 
un der hand ed 
un ex am pled 

5 

ste' re o type 
bre vi a ry 
trea .son a ble 
a e' ri al 
a me na ble 
ap pre cia ble 
a the ni an 
ca me le on 



-m 



140 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 3 4 5 6 

Vocals — Jlle, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls- -Bud, leg;, jet, lime 



col le' gi an 
col le gi ate 
cri te ri on 
hy me ne al 
in fe ri or 
in gre di ent 
o be di ence 
pro tne the us 
re me di al 
si be ri an 
si de ri al 
tra ge di an 
tra pe zi um 
ve ne re al 
ma chin e ry 



mel' an chol y 
mem o ra ble 
men su ra ble 
mer ce na ry 
mer chant a ble 
nee ro man cy 
per me a ble 
pred a to ry 
pref a to ry 
pref er a bly 
pres by ter y 
pres i den cy 
sem i co Ion 
sem i cir de 
sem in a ry 

a Da guerre i an, (da 



LESSON 5.— Y. 

5 

pan a ce' a 
phil o me la 
per i hel ion 
phil o pe na 
pol y ne sia 
sperm a ce ti 
mau so le um 
ath e ne um 
en gi neer ing 
mis de mean or 
ul tra ma rine' 

6 

cem' e ter y 
cen su ra bly 
des pi ca bly 



des' ul to ry 
ef fi ca cy 
el e gi bly 
em is sa ry 
ep i lep sy 
eq ui ta bly 
es tu a ry 
es ti ma bly 
ex ere to ry 
ex o ra ble 
ex pli ca ble 
feb ru a ry 
fed er al ist 
leg* is la tive 
leg is la ture 



LESSON 6.— VI. 



sem' i vow el 
del i ca cy 
sev en ti eth 
spec u la tive 
tern per a ment 
test i mo ny 
veg e ta ble 
vert e bra ted 
ac ces' so ry 
a mer i can 
as per i ty 
be nev o lence 
ce leb ri ty 
ce ler i ty 
cen ten ni al 

ger' re an.) b Da guerre o 



con fee' to ry 
con fee tion er 
con serv a tor 
con serv a tive 
da guerre i an a 
da guerre o type & 
de cem vi rate 
de test a bly 
dex ter i ty 
di g*est i ble 
e merg* en cy 
e phem e ral 
e ques tri an 
e ter ni ty 
ex ec u tress 

type, (da ger' ro type.) 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



141 



7 S 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 567 8 9 10 

nor, life, tret, yet, adz, azure, sing:, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, iish, thin, why. 



fi del' i ty 
fra ter ni ty 
ex tern po re 
hy per bo le 
i den ti ty 
im men su rate 
im men si ty 
im ped i ment 
in clem en cy 
in del i ble 
in flex i bly 
in teg ri ty 
in tern per ance 
in tel li g-ence 
ir rev er ence 



LESSON 1.— VII. 



Ion gev' i ty 
non en ti ty 
non res i dent 
pe des tri an 
per cep ti ble 
pos ter i ty 
pre em i nence 
pre req ui site 
pre serv a tive 
pro g'en i tor 
pro pens i ty 
pros per i ty 
re cep ta cle 
re feet o ry 
re spect a ble 

LESSON 8.— VIII. 



sep ten' ni al 
su prem a cy 
te mer i ty 
ad o les' cent 
ap o plec tic 
cal is then ics 
cir cum spec tion 
co a les cent 
con de seen sion 
con va les cence 
ef flo res cence 
ep i derm is 
ep i lep tic 
in de pend ence 
in di ges tion 



! in dis ere' tion 
in flu en za 
in nu en do 
in sur rec tion 
j in ter ces sion 
1 in ter ven tion 
I non attendance 
ora ni pres ent 
o po del doc 
pest i len tial 
phos pho res cence 
pred e ces sor 
pred i lee tion 
pres i den tial 
pyr o tech nics 
reg- i ment al 



res ur rec' tion 
rep re hen sion 
rep re hen sive 
ret ro ces sion 
ru di ment al 
un fer ment ed 
un pre tend ing 
ver mi eel li 
what so ev er 
where so ev er 
when so ev er 
mis con cep tion 

7 

hi' e rarcA y 
mi gra to ry 
vi bra to ry 



anx i' e ty 
im pi e ty 
le vi a than 
re vi so ry 
sa ti e ty 
so bri e ty 
so ci e ty 
va ri e ty 
un di vid' ed 

dif fi cul ty 
dis so lu ble 
dys en ter y 
id i o cy 
ig no min y 
in ven to ry 



-S 



142 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 3 4 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— ./2Je, arm, all, at, me, met, tee, it, no, do, not, sue, «p, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg, jet, lime, 



lit' er a ry 
lit er a ture 
mis eel la ny 
vis ion a ry 
a bir i ty 
ac cliv i ty 
ad miss i ble 
af fin i ty 
an tip a thy 
an tiq ui ty 
an tith e sis 
ar til le ry 
a vid i ty 
aux il ia ry 
bel li^ er ent 



fa cLT i ty 
fac sim i le 
fe li ci ty 
flu id i ty 
<g*en til i ty 
herb iv er ous 
hu mid i ty 
hu mil i ty 
in fin i ty 
in iq ui ty 
ju di cia ry 
le vit i cus 
ma lig nan cy 
ma lig ni ty 
men die i ty 
me rid i an 



LESSON 9.— IX. 

8 

be nig' ni ty 
bel li gei ous 
C8l pit u late 
cap tiv i ty 
car niv o ra 
car niv o rous 
ce lib a cy 
cen trif u gal 
cen trip e tal 
ci vil i ty 
con sist en cy 
con sist o ry 
con spir a cy 
con stit u ent 
co rinth i an 

LESSON 10.— X. 

8 

no bir i ty 
mu nif i cence 
mo bil i ty 
ob liv i on 
om nif er ous 
om nip o tence 
om niv o rous 
pa rish ion er 
par tic i pant 
pen in su la 
pe riph er y 
pre die a ment 
prin cip i a 
pro pm qui ty 
prox im i ty 
pub lie i ty 



cu pid' i ty 
de bil i ty 
de cliv i ty 
de fi cien cy 
de Ym quen cy 
de lir i um 
de liv er y 
dis till er y 
di vin i ty 
do min i cal 
do cil i ty 
du plic i ty 
ef fi cien cy 
e piph a ny 
e pit o me 



re cip' i ant 
re sid u al 
re trib u tive 
sar din i an 
san guin i ty | 
scar ril i ty 
si mil i tude 
sim plic i ty 
so cin i an 
so lie i tude 
so lil o quy 
som nif er ous 
sta bil i ty 
ste ril i ty 
suf fi cien cy 
u biq ui ty 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-» 



1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 3 4 567 89 10 

nor, lire, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, nsh, thin, why, 



ven tril r o quist 
ven tril o quism 
ver mic u lar 
vi cis si tude 
un wit ting ly 
u tii i ty 
as syr i an 
dis syl la ble 
em pyr e al 
ac qui si' tion 
ad mo ni tion 
ap pa ri tion 
ben e die tion 
ben e fi cial 
an a lyt ic 



a do' ra bly 
de mo ni ac 
eu lo gi urn 
em po ri urn 
e o li an 
his to ri an 
mag no li a 
ne go tia ble 
new to ni an 
op pro bri um 
pneu mo ni a 
re stor a tive 
sens o ri al 
stra mo ni um 
up hoi ster y 
u to pi a 



LESSON 11.— -XI. 

8 

dem o li' tion 
der e lie tion 
er u di tion 
ex hi bi tion 
ex pe di tion 
in de cis ion 
in qui si tion 
ir re lig ion 
com pe ti tion 
def i ni tion 
dis po si tion 
ex po si tion 
im po si tion 
ju ris die tion 
met a phys ics 

LESSON 12.— XII. 

9 

u to' pi an 

lo co fo' CO 
ich the o sis 
lo co mo tive 
mac a ro ni 
sac er do tal 

n 
com' mis sa ry 

con tro ver sy 
con tu ma cy 
con tu me ly 
hon or a ry 
h on or a bly 
hos pi ta bly 
or a to ry 
pol y the ist 



mal e die' tion 
mez zo tint o 
un re mit.ting 
non re sist ance 
op po si tion 
pre mo ni tion 
prep o si tion 
rec og ni tion 
rem i nis cence 
rep e ti tion 
su per sti tion 
su per scrip tion 
sup po si tion 
trans po si tion 
par a lyt ic 

li 
prof li ga cy 
prom on to ry 
ab dom' in al 
a nom a ly 
a poc a lypse 
a poc ry pha 
a pol o gj 
a pos ta cy 
a pos tro phe 
a poth e sis 
a troc i ty 
au torn a ton 
bi og ra pher 
bi og ra phy 
ce rog ra phy 
chi rog ra phy 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 234 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 34 56 

Vocals— ^31e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-voc'w- -Bad, leg; jet, lime 



de moc' ra cy- 
cle spond en cy 
dis hon est y 
dox pi o gy 
clio rog ra phy 
cAro nog ra pher 
chro nom e ter 
com pos i tor 
cos mog o ny 
cos mop o lite 
e con o mist 
e con o my 
e mol u ment 
fe roc i ty 
ge ol o gist 

n 

pom pos' i ty 
re cog ni zance 
re spons i ble 
rhi noc er os 
pre coc i ty 
py rom e ter 
sar coph a gus 
ste nog ra phy 
tau tol o gy 
tech nol o gy 
the oc ra cy 
the ol o gy 
ther mom e ter 
to pog ra phy 
ve loc i ty 
zo ol o gy 



LESSON 13.— XIII. 
u 
ge oY o gy 
ge om e try 
har mon i ca 
hy drol o gy 
hy drom e ter 
hy drop a thy 
hy poc ri sy 
hy pot e nuse 
hy poth e sis 
i dol a ter 
im pol i tic 
im pos si ble 
im prob a ble 
in cog ni to 
in con gru ent 

LESSON 14.— XIV. 

12 

al lu' vi al 
an nu i ty 
cen tu ri on 
com mu ni ty 
con gru i ty 
di lu vi an 
di lu vi al 
e lu so ry 
en thu si asm 
en thu si ast 
ex u vi a 
fer ru gi nous 



li 
in tol' er ance 
in solv a ble 
ma hog a ny 
ma jor i ty 
me trop o lis 
mi nor i ty 
mo nop o ly 
my thol o gy 
or thog ra phy 
phi lol o gy 
phi los o pher 
phi los o phy 
phle bot o my 
pho nog ra phy 
phre nol o gy 



fu tu ri ty 
her cu le an 
il lu so ry 
im pu ni ty 



12 

o'b scu' ri ty 
pro tu ber ance 
quad ru ma na 
tel lu ri on 
tel lu ri um 
va cu i ty 
al le lu' iah 
alio cu tion 
cat e chu men 
des ti tu tion 
dim i nu tion 
dis so lu tion 
el o cu tion 
ev o lu tion 
in vo lu tion 
lil i pu tian 



■ 




11 




THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 145 


7 3 9 10 11 12 13 


14 15 12 


34567 89 10 


?wr, lire, wet, yet, adz, as 


ire, s'mg, this. Aspirates.— If, Ju 


;, keep, sit, rich, fi*A, thin, why. 




LESSOR 15.— XT 




12 


13 


13 


ret ri bu' tion 


a dul' ter ous 


vul' ner a ble 


rev o lu tion 


a dul ter y 


huck el ber ry 


un pol lut ed 


cir cum fer ence 


sov er eign ty 


ab so lu tion 


com pul so ry 


in tro due' tion 


cu li na ry 


fe cund i ty 


sal ma gun di 


du bi ta bly 


pro fund i ty 


su per struct ure 


lu mi na ry 


re puis o ry 


su per struc tion 


ju di ca ture 


ro tund i ty 


su pra mun dane 


nu ga to ry 


tri urn vi rate 


ul tra mun dane 


13 


dis com fit ure 


01 


pul' mo na ry 


ef front e ry 


dis loy' al ty 


purg a to ry 


re cov er y 
LESSON 16.— XVI 


pen ny roy' al 

i. 


l 
trm i ta' ri an 


4 

e qui a,n' gu lar 


6 

he red 7 it a ry 


sub ter ra ne an 


e qui lat er al 


in cend i a ry 


in ter na tion al 


gen ealogy 


in ex o ra bly 


s&g it ta ri us 


hos pi tal i ty 


ir rel e van cy 


per i era ni urn 


in ca pac i ty 


ob serv a to ry 


mon o ma ni a 


min er al o ^y 


re ver sion a ry 


de pre ci a' tion 


per ti nac i ty 


in eq ui ta bly 


pro nun ci a tion 


pre ter nat u ral 


un ques tion a bly 


sub or di na tion 


lab' o ra to ry 


du o dec' i mo 


dis ap pro ba tion 


5 


el e ment a ry 


vo cif e ra tion 


dis o be' di ent 


in ac cess i ble 


dis sim u la tion 


pres by te ri an 


in de fens i ble 


ex era ci a tion 


pri mo ge ni al 


in di gest i ble 


4 


un im peach a ble 


in ex press i bly 


de fam' a to ry 


im per ceiv a ble 


par al lei o gram 


ex clam a to ry 


6 


phil a del phi an 


ex plan a to ry 


de gen' er a cy 


pri mo gen i tor 


in ad e qua cy 


de term in a ble 


test a ment a ry 


in ap pli ca ble 


dis pens a to ry 


u ni vers i ty 


in flam ma to ry 


dis rep u ta ble 


su per in tend 7 ent 


vo cab u la ry 


ef fern i na cy 


vi o Ion eel \o 


* 




m 



146 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— Ale, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-voc'is— Bud, legjet, lime, 



7 

no to ri r e ty 
in e bri e ty 
im pro pri e ty 
in de fin a ble 

8 
e pis' co pa cy 
il lim it a ble 
pre cip i ta bly 
re vis ion a ry 
tra di tion a ry 
du ra bil' i ty 
ec een trie i ty 
e las tic i ty 
e lee trie i ty 
e qua nim i ty 
e qui lib ri um 
er y sip e las 



11 

de pos' it a ry 
de pos it o ry 
de rog a to ry 
re pos i to ry 
cu ri os' i ty 
en to mol o gy 
et y mol o gj 
gen er os i ty 
ge o log ic al 
ho me op a thy 
hyp o chon dri a 
ich thy ol o gj 
lex i cog ra pher 
me di oc ri ty 
me tro pol i tan 
or ni thol o gy 
phra se ol o gy 



LESSON 17.— XVII. 

8 

im be cil' i ty 
in a bil i ty 
in ad mis si ble 
in di vis i ble 
inef n cien cy 
in sec tiv o rous 
in sta bil i ty 
fal li bil i ty 
mag na nim i ty 
mul ti plic i ty 
mu ta bil i ty 
pos si bil i ty 
prob a bil i ty 
sens i bil i ty 
so cia bil i ty 
u na nim i ty 
un so lie it ed 

LESSON 18.— XVIII. 

n 
phys ioYo gy 
phys i og no my 
rec i proc i ty 
trig o nom e try 
in e qual i ty 

12 

el o cu' tion ist 
ep i cu re an 
ex e cu tion er 
im por tu ni ty 
in con gru i ty 
in ge nu i ty 
per pe tu i ty 
per spi cu i ty 
rev o lu tion ist 
su per flu i ty 
in nu / mer a ble 



val e die' to ry 
vis i bil i ty 
mon o syl la ble 
in dis po si tion 
sar sa pa ril la 
dis' ci plin a ry 

9 

ed i to' ri al 
or a to ri o 
e thi o pi an 
hy dro pho bi a 
in con sol a ble 
in con trol la ble 
pan de mo ni um 
test i mo ni al 
the o lo g\ an 
in sup port a ble 



13 

in suf fer a ble 
in suf fer a bly 
un ut ter a ble 
in vul ner a ble 
un cul ti va ted 
un cus torn a ry 
un com fort a ble 
un gov ern a ble 
un pur chas a ble 
un pu^c tu a ted 
in cor rupt' i bly 
in tro due to ry 
in de struct i ble 
in com bus ti ble 

ou 

in surmount' a ble 
un ac count a ble 



»- 



-* 



8- 



THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



147 



7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

nor, live, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing-, this. Aspirates.— I/, he, keep, tit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



13 

e rup' tion 
ex pul sion 
en cum brance 
ex cur sion 
es cutch eon 
ef ful gence 
in cum brance 
in junc tion 
in jus tice 
ir rup tion 
mo lus ca 
pe num bra 
per cus sion 
pre cur sor 
pre sump tion 



LESSON 

13 

re pub' lie 
re due tion 
pro due tion 
se due tion 
re vul sion 
re sump tion 
re cur rent 
se pul clival 
ro tun da 
un ruf fled 
tri umph al 
tri um vir 
co nun drum 
de struc tion 
dis rup tion 



19.— XIX. 

13 

con sump' tion 
cor rup tion 
a sun der 
an oth er 
bur' den some 
con sta ble 

14 

rook' er y 
un der stood' 
un der took 



moi' e ty 
poig nan cy 
roy al ty 
roy al ist 



rejoin' der 
rhom boid al 
clair voy ance 
an noy ance 
de stroy er 
em ploy er 

ou 

coun' ter pane 
coun ter part 
bound a ry 
boun ti ful 
found er y 
mount ain ous 
a cou' sties 
es pous al 



LESSON 2 0.— XX. 



dis ci plin a' ri an 
med i ter ra ne an 
pre des ti na ri an 
u til i ta ri an 
de mor al i za'tion 
ex em pli fi ra tion 
ree on oil i a tion 

6 

un pre med' i ta ted 
un ex cep tion a ble 
re verb' er a to ry 
plen i po ten' tia ry 

8 

di vis i bir i ty 
el i gi bil i ty 
ex ci ta bil i ty 
id i o syn era sy 



im pos si bil' i ty 
im prob a bil i ty 
in fal li bil i ty 
ir ri ta bil i ty 
mal le a bil i ty 
re spect a bil i ty 
re spons i bil i ty 
sus cep ti bil i ty 
un so phist' ic a ted 



n 



in fe ri or' i ty 
im pet u os i ty 
me te or ol o gy 
su pe ri or i ty 



12 



rev o lu' tion a ry 
su per nu mer a ry 



-m 



148 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



1 2 34 567S9 10 1112 13 14 123456 

Vocals— Jl\e, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, wp, full. Sub-voc'ls— JBud, leg,jet, lime 



SECTION XI. 

This section contains a variety of words ; as those of like pronunciation but dif- 
ferent orthography and signification ; proper names, &c. 



LESSON 1.— I. 



WORDS OF LIKE PRONUNCIATION, BUT DIFFERENT SPELLING. 



ail, 


to pain ; to trouble. 


in dite, to compose. 


ale, 


malt liquor. 


in diet, to charge with crime. 


air, 


the atmosphere. 


led, 


did lead. 


heir, 


an inheritor. 


lead, 


a metal. 


all, 


the whole. 


lean, 


thin, meagre. 


awl, 


an instrument. 


lien, 


a legal claim. 


bail, 


surety. 


might, 


power, strength. 


bale, 


a pack of goods. 


mite, 


a small insect. 


ball, 


a sphere. 


moan, 


to grieve audibly. 


bawl, 


to cry aloud. 


mown 


cut down. 


be, 


to exist. 


new, 


fresh, not old. 


bee, 


an insect. 


knew, 


did know. 


bin, 


a kind of box. 


pair, 


two ; a couple. 


been, 


participle of be. 


pare, 


to cut off rind. 


blew, 


did blow. 


pear, 


a kind of fruit. 


blue, 


a color. 


plain, 


even, or level. 


by, . 


near at hand. 


plane, 


to make smooth. 


buy, 


to purchase. 


pray, 


to supplicate. 


Cain, 


a man's name. 


prey, 


booty ; plunder. 


cane, 


a walking staff. 


raise, 


to lift up. 


cite, 


to summon, 


raze, 


to overthrow. 


site, 


situation. 


rays, 


lines of light. 


sight, 


sense of seeing. 


scene, 


a sight ; exhibition. 


dime, 


a climate. 


seen, 


perceived, beheld. 


climb, 


to ascend. 


seine, 


a large fish net. 


dear, 


costly ; beloved. 


sloe, 


a kind of fruit. 


deer, 


a wild animal. 


slow, 


dull ; not swift. 


doe, 


a female deer. 


tacks, 


small nails. 


dough 


, bread not baked. 


tax, 


a rate ; tribute. 


flea, 


an insect. 


waste, 


desolate ; to squander. 


flee, 


to go from. 


waist, 


part of the body. 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



149 



■7 8 9 10 11 1-2 13 14 15 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 

nor, life, wet, yet, adz, azure, sing:, this. Aspirates.— If, he, keep, sit, rich, fish, thin, why. 



1 

Jane 
Ma 7 ry 

Ra chel 
Sa rah 
4 

Ann 
Al 7 ice 
Fran ces 
Han nah 
Nan cy 
Sal ly 
An na 



LESSON 2.— II. 







NAMES OF MEN. 




1 


4 


6 


11 


7 


James 


Al 7 bert 


Ed 7 win 


John 


E li 7 as 


A' sa 


Al fred 


Ez ra 


Hor 7 ace 


E li sha 


Abel 


Al vin 


Hen ry 


Rob ert 


E li jah 


A mos 


An drew 


Jes se 


Thorn as 


Jo si ah 


A saph 


Brad ford 


Leon ard 


12 


U ri ah 


Aa ron 


Brad ley 


7 


Lu 7 ther 


Hez e ki 7 ah 


A bram 


Cal vin 


Miles 


Lew is 


Jer e mi ah 


Ca leb 


Dan iel 


Si 7 las 


Reu ben 


ba di ah 


Da vid 


Fran cis 


Hi ram 


Ru fus 


Ne he mi ah 


Ja cob 


5 


Si mon 


4 


8 


Na than 


E'li 


I saac 


Am 7 a sa 


Phin 7 e as 


Ja son 


Le vi 


Ti tus 


An tho ny 


Sim e on 


2 


Ze nas 


Ly man 


Sam u el 


5 


Clark 


The ron 


8 


Har ri son 


The 7 o dore 


Charles 


Eu gene' 


Rich' ard 


E ras 7 tus 


Eb en e 7 zer 


Dar 7 win 


6 


Wil liam 


Na than iel 


n 


Mar cus 


Seth 


9 


6 


Josh 7 u a 


3 


Eg 7 bert 


Jo' el 


Ben 7 ja min 


Jon a than 


(George 


Ed gar 


Jo nas 


Fred er ick 


01 i ver 


Aus 7 tin 


Ed mund 


Jo seph 


Jef fer son 


Sol o mon 


Nor man 


Ed ward 


Mo ses 


Lem u el 


Con stan tine 


Wal ter 


Her mon 


Obed 


Syl ves' ter 


Wash ing ton 



LESSON 3.— III. 



NAMES OF WOMEN. 



5 

Del' ia 
Phebe 

6 

Bet 7 sy 
Hel en 
El len 
Em ma 
Es ther 

8 

Lyd 7 i a 
Lu cin 7 da 
CI a lis sa 

7* 



n 
Ol 7 ive 

12 

Ruth 
Eu 7 nice 
Jul ia 
Lu cy 
Su san 

2 

Mar' tha 
Mar ga ret 
4 
Ab 7 i srail 



Ad 7 a line 
Car o line 
Har ri et 
A man 7 da 
Su san nah 

5 

Pa mel 7 ia 

Lu ere tia 

6 

Em 7 e line 

Em i ly 

El ea nor 



Deb 7 o rah 
Re bee 7 ca 

7 

Al mi 7 ra 
De li lah 
E li za 
Je mi ma 
Ma ri a 
So phi a 
Mel vi na 

5 

Lou i 7 sa 



-« 



150 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



-* 



12 34 56789 10 11 12 13 14 123456 

Vocals— .^le, arm, all, at, me, met, ice, it, no, do, not, sue, up, full. Sub-voc'ls— Bud, leg, jet, lime. 



LESSON 4.— IY. 

GEOGRAPHICAL NAMES. 



Cam 7 bridge 


Fin' land 


Ba ha' mas 


Aus tra' li a 


Na pies 


Green wicli 6 


Bar ba does 


Ba ta vi a 


3 


In dies c 


(Ire na da 


Ba va ri a 


Ail' burn 


Ber lin' 


Ja mai ca 


On ta ri o 


Nor walk 


9 


3 


2 


Nor way 


Mo' hawk 


Al' ba ny 


Al a ba' ma 


Nor wich a 


Cey Ion 7 


Aus tri a 


Al va ra do 


Ha leigh 


ii 


Dor ches ter 


Chim bo ra zo 


Wa bash 


Lon' don 


Cha tau' que 


Co lo ra do 


4 


Glouces ter d 


Chi ca go 


In di a na 


Am' boy 


Can ton' 


Ce au ga 


Mich a wa ka 


Am herst 


Bou logne* 


Ci bral tar 


New Gra na da 


Ath ens 


12 


4 


Nic ar a gua 


Dan ube 


Cu'ba 


Af ' ri ca 


On on da ga 


Frank fort 


Prus sia 


Am a zon 


3 


Ham burg 


Hus sia 


Ar a rat 


Cat ta rau' gus 




LESSON 5.— Y. 




4 


4 


7 


4 


Lap' land 


Ar kan' sas 


Ca i' ro 


Co to pax' i 


Mad rid 


At Ian tic 


Me di na 


Sus que han na 


5 


Da mas cus 


nei da 


Tal la has see 


Green' land 


Ha va na 


Pal my ra 


5 


Qui to 


Sa van nah 


8 


Ar me' ni a 


Ra cine' 


5 


It' a ly 


Mont pe li er 


6 


Ga le' na 


Liv er pool 


Cen e se' o 


Den' mark 


Ce ne va 


Mich i gan 




Head ing 


Pu e bla 


Syr a cuse 


Cu ya ho' ga 


Tex as 


Po keep sie 


9 


Min e so ta 


i 


6 


Ge no' a 


Sar a to ga 


Ire' land 


Ed' in burgh 


Po to mac 


n 


Mi Ian 


Leb a non 


Tio ga 


Chil i coth' e 


Si nai-^ 


Mer ri mack 


Port' u gal 


Nach i toch es 


a Norwich, (Nor' idge.) b Greenwich, (Grin' idge.) 


c Indies, (rn ; jes.) 


d Gloucester, 


(Glos' ter ) e Boulo 


gne, (Boo long'.) 


/ Sinai, (Si' ni.) 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



151 



-* 



ABBREVIATIONS USED IN WRITING AND PRINTING. 



A. Answer. 

A. A. S. Fellow of the Ameri- 
can Academy. 
A. B. Bachelor of Arts. 
Acct. Account. 
A. C. or B. C. Before Christ. 
A. D. In the year of our Lord. 
( Master of Arts. 

A. M. < Before noon. 

( Year of the world. 
Ahp. Archbishop. 
Att'y. Attorney. 
Bart. Baronet. 
Bbl. Barrel. 

B. D. Bachelor of Divinity. 

B. V. Blessed Virgin. 
Cant. Canticles. 
Capt. Captain. 

C. E. Canada East. 
Chap. Chapter. 
Chron. Chronicles 
Ci. or Clk. Clerk. 

Co. Company ; county. 
Col. Collector ; Colonel. 
Const. Constable 
Cor. Corinthians 
Cr. Credit ; creditor. 

C. S. Keeper of the Seal. 
Cts. Cents. 

C.W. -Canada West. 
Cwt. A hundred weight. 

D. C. District of Columbia. 
D. D. Doctor of Divinity. 
Dan. Daniel. 

Dea. Deacon. 
Deg. Degree. 
Dept. Deputy. 
Deut. Deuteronomy. 
Do. or Ditto. The same. 



Dr. Debtor ; Doctor. 

E. East. 

Eccl. Ecclesiastes. 

Ed. Editor ; Edition. 

E. G. For example. 

Eng. English ; England. 

Ep. Epistle. 

Eph. Ephesians. 

Esa. Esaias. 

Esq. Esquire. 

Etc. or &c. And so forth. 

Ex. Example ; Exodus. 

Exr. Executor. 

Fr. France ; Francis. 

F.-E/S: Fellow of the Royal 
Society. 

Gal. Galatians. 

Gen. General ; Genesis. 

Gent. Gentleman. 

Geo. George ; Georgia. 

Gov. Governor. 

H. B. M. His Brittanic Ma- 
jesty. 

Heb. Hebrews. 

Hhd. Hogshead. 

Hon. Honorable. 

Hund. Hundred. 

Ibid. In the same place. 

i. e. That is. 

Id. The same. 

hist. Instant 

Isa. Isaiah. 

Jac. Jacob. 

Jas. James. 

Jer. Jeremiah. 

Jno. John. 

Josh. Joshua. 

Judg. Judges. 

Jun. or Jr. Junior. 



-* 



£ - — £ 

152 THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


J. P. Justice of the Peace. 


P. M. G. Post Master General. 


Km. Kingdom. 


P. 0. Post Office. 


Kt. Knight. 


Pres. President. 


Lat. Latitude. 


Prof. Professor. 
Prop. Proposition. 


Lbs. Pounds. 


Ld. Lord ; Lady. 


P. S. Postscript. 


Lev. Leviticus. 


Ps. Psalm, 


Lieut. Lieutenant. 


Q. Queen ; Question. 


L. L. D. Doctor of Laws. 


Qr. Quarter. 


Lon. Longitude. 


Rec'd. Received. 


Lond. London. 


Regr. Register. 


L. S. Place of the seal. 


Rep. Representative. 


M. Marquis. 


Rev. Revelation ; Reverend. 


Maj. Major. 


Rom. Romans. 


Mat. Matthew. 


R. R. Railroad. 


Math. Mathematics. 


Rt. Hon. Right Honorable. 


M. C. Member of Congress. 


Sam. Samuel. 


M. D. Doctor of Medicine. 


Sec. Secretary ; Section. 


Messrs. Gentlemen ; Sirs. 


Sen. Senator ; Senior. 


Mex. Mexico. 


Serg. Sergeant. 


M. P. Member of Parliament. 


Servt. Servant. 

ss. To wit ; namely. 


Mr. Mister ; Master. 


Mrs. Mistress. 


St. Saint ; Street. 


MS. Manuscript. 


Thess. Thessalonians. 


MSS. Manuscripts. 


Tho. Thomas. 
Tim. Timothy. 


N. North. 


N. A. North America. 


Ult. Ultimo ; the last.' 


N. B. New Brunswick. 


U. S. United States. 


N. B. Take notice. 


U. S. A. United States of 


No. Number. 


America. 


N. S. Nova Scotia 


U. S. A. United States Army. 


Obj. Objection. 


U. S. M. United States Mail. 


Obt. Obedient. 


U. S. N. United States Navy. 


0. S. Old Style. 


viz. Namely. 


Pari. Parliament. 


vs. (Versus.) Against. 


Per. By the. 


W. West. 


Pet. Peter. 


W. I. West Indies. 


Phil. Philip ; Philippians. 


Wm. William. 


Philom. A lover of learning. 


Wp. Worship. 


Plff. Plaintiff. 


Wt. Weight. 


P. M. Post Master ; afternoon. 


Yd. Yard. 


« 


_ — ; $ 



£ _. ... — _- .... ^ 

THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 153 


ABBREVIATIONS OF THE NAMES OF THE SEVERAL U. S. A. 


Al. Alabama. 


Miss. Mississippi. 


Ark. Arkansas. 


Mo. Missouri. 


Conn, or Ct. Connecticut. 


N. C. North Carolina. 


Cal. California. 


N. H. New Hampshire. 


Del. Delaware. 


N. J. New Jersey. 


Flor. Florida. 


N.Y. New York. 


Geo. Georgia. 


0. Ohio. 


Io. Iowa. 


R.I. Rhode Island. 


111. Illinois. 


Pa. or Penn. Pennsylvania. 


Ind. Indiana. 


S. C. South Carolina, 


Ky. Kentucky. 


Tenn. Tennessee. 


Lou. Louisiana. 


Tex, Texas. 


Mass. Massachusetts. 


Va. or Vir. Virginia. 


Md. Maryland. 


Vt. Vermont. 


Me. Maine. 


Wis. Wisconsin. 


Mich. Michigan. 





ADDITIONAL ABBREVIATED NAMES OF PLACES. 



Amer. America. 

Aust. Austria. 

B. A. British America. 

Can. Canada. 

E.I. East Indies. 

Gr. B. Great Britain. 

Ger. Germany. 

Hoi. Holland. 

I. T. Indian Territory. 

It. Italy. 

Lap. Lapland. 

L. E. Lake Erie. 

Liv. Liverpool. 

L. M. Lake Michigan. 

L. 0. Lake Ontario. 

L. S. Lake Superior. 



Manch. Manchester. 

Mo. T. Missouri Territory. 

N. 0. New Orleans. 

Or. Oregon. 

Par. Paris. 

Phila. Philadelphia. 

Port. Portugal. 

Prus. Prussia. 

R. A. Russian America. 

R. M. Rocky Mountains. 

Scot. Scotland. 

Sp. Spain. 

Tur. Turkey. 

Wa. Wales. 

W. I. West Indies. 

W. T. Western Territory. 



ABBREVIATIONS FOR THE MONTHS, AND THE DAYS OF 
THE WEEK. 



Jan. January. 
Feb. February. 
Mar. March. 
Apr. April. 



Aug. August. 
Sept. September. 
Oct. October. 
Nov. November. 



Dec. December. 

Sun. Sunday. 
Mon. Monday. 
Tues. Tuesday. 



Wed. Wednesday. 
Thurs. Thursday. 
Fri. Friday. 
Sat. Saturday. 



*- 



$ 



154 THE STUDENTS SPELLER. 



LATIN QUOTATIONS. 
Ah initio — From the beginning. Ne plus ultra — Nothing beyond. 
Ad libitum — At pleasure. Nemo con — Unanimously. 

Ad infinitum — Without limit. Nolens volens — Willing or unwilling 

Ad interim, — In the mean time. Pater patrice — The father of his 
Ad valorem — According to value. country. 

Adfinem — To the end. Per annum — By the year. 

Ad referendum — For further consid- Per centum — By the hundred. 

eration. Per diem — -By the day. 

Alma mater — A cherishing mother. Post mortem — After death. 
A fortiori — For a stronger reason. Prima facie — On first appearance. 
Alibi — Elsewhere. Primum mobile — First cause ofmo- 

Alias — Otherwise. tion. 

Anno Domini — In the year of our Pro bono publico — For the public 

Lord. good. 

Anno mundi — In the year of the Pro patria — For the country. 

world. Pro re nata — As the occasion re- 

A priori — From cause to effect. quires. 

Bona fide — In good faith. Pro tempore — For the time. 

Compos mentis — Of a sound mind. Pro et con — For and against. 
De facto — In fact. Pugnis et calcibus — With fists and 

Be jure — By law or right. heels. 

E pluribus unum — One formed of Quantum snjficit — A sufficient quan- 

many. tity. 

Ergo — Therefore. Quid nunc ? — What now ? 

Excelsior — More lofty. Re infecta — The thing not done. 

Et cetera — And so forth. Sanctum Sanctorum — The most ho- 

Ex officio — By virtue of office. ly place. 

Fac simile — A close imitation. Sic transit gloria mundi — Thus pass- 

Habeas corpus — You may have the es away the glory of the world. 

body. Sine die — Without a specified day. 

Hicjacet — Here lies. Sine qua non — A thing indispensable. 

Incognito — Unrecognised. Summum bonum — The chief good. 

In statu quo — In the same state. Terra fir ma — Solid earth. 
In equilibrio — In equilibrium. Ultimatum — Ultimate ; the last. 

Instanter — Instantly. Ultra — Beyond ; or excessive. 

In toto — Altogether. Versus — Against ; or opposed to. 

Ipso facto — In fact. Via — By the way of; or through. 

Ipse dixit — He said; or an assertion. Vice vers a-'The terms being reversed. 
Ignis fatuus — A false light. Viva voce — With the living voice. 

Lapsus lingual — A slip of the tongue. Voxpopuli — The voice of the people. 
Literatim — Literally. Vide — See. 

Locum tenens — A substitute. French quotations. 

Mala fide — In bad faith. Beaux esprits — Men of wit. 

Magna charta — The great charter. Bon ton — The fashionable world. 
Maximum — The greatest. Cap a pie — From head to foot. 

Minimum — The least. Charge d'affaires — A public mes- 

Mirabile dictu — Wonderful to tell. senger. 

Multum in parvo — Much in little. G-ens oVarmes — Police soldiers. 
Modus operandi — Mode of operating. Sang froid — With indifference. 



K" 


THE 


STUDENT'S SPELLER. 


7 

155 




FIGURES AND NUMBERS. 




Roman. 


Names. 


Arabic. 


Roman. 


Names. 


Arabic. 


I 


One. 


1 


XX 


Twenty. 


20 


II 


Two. 


2 


XXX 


Thirty. 


30 


III 


Three. 


3 


XL 


Forty. 


40 


IY 


Four, 


4 


L 


Fifty 


50 


V 


Five. 


5 


LX 


Sixty. 


60 


VI 


Six. 


6 


LXX 


Seventy. 


10 


VII 


Seven. 


n 


LXXX 


Eighty. 


80 


VIII 


Eight. 


8 


XC 


Ninety. 


90 


IX 


Nine. 


9 


c 


One hundred. 


100 


X 


Ten. 


10 


CO 


Two hundred. 


200 


XI 


Eleven. 


11 


ccc 


Three hundred. 


300 


XII 


Twelve. 


12 


ccco 


Four hundred. 


400 


XIII 


Thirteen. 


13 


D 


Five hundred. 


500 


XIV 


Fourteen. 


14 


DC 


Six hundred. 


600 


XV 


Fifteen. 


15 


DCC 


Seven hundred. 


700 


XVI 


Sixteen. 


16 


DCCC 


Eight hundred. 


800 


XVII 


Seventeen. 


17 


DCCCC 


Nine hundred. 


900 


XVIII 


Eighteen. 


18 


M 


One thousand. 


1000 


XIX 


Nineteen. 


19 









PUNCTUATION, CAPITAL LETTERS, <fea 

Punctuation is the art of indicating, in written language, the 
pauses which should be made in reading or speaking. 

The Comma (,) denotes the shortest pause; the Semicolon (;) 
denotes a pause of greater length; the Colon (:) denotes a still 
longer pause; and the Period, (.) which is placed at the end of 
a sentence, denotes. a full stop. 

The Note of Interrogation (?) shows that a question is 
asked by the words preceding it. It also indicates a pause, which 
varies in length from that of the comma to that of the period. 

The Note of Exclamation (!) shows that the words imme- 
diately preceding it express some sudden emotion, or strong feel- 
ing. It also denotes a pause, which varies in length from that 
of the comma to that of the period, as the sense requires. 

The Dash ( — ) denotes a sudden pause and change of the sub- 
ject; or a suspension of the sense, to be resumed again after a 
short interruption. 

The Apostrophe (') denotes the omission of one or more let- 
ters ; as, lov'd, loved. It also marks the possessive case ; as, the 
mail's house. 



* - is 

156 THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 

The Caret ( a ) is placed below a line in writing, to indicate I 
that a letter, word, or words, written above the line, should be 

e hand 

there inserted ; thus — Whn I write my trembles. 

The Hyphen (-) is used to connect compound words; as, 
pen-knife. It is also used after a syllable ending a line, to show 
that the remainder of the word begins the next line. 

The Parenthesis ( ) and Brackets [ ] are used to include 
something explanatory, which should be read in an altered and 
lower tone of voice. 

The Quotation ( u 7? ) indicates that the words so marked are 
taken from some other author. 

The Index (CjF*) calls particular attention to the passage 
thus pointed out. 

The Paragraph (If) is used in the Bible to denote the begin- 
ning of a subject ; and by some writers to divide their composi- 
tions into verses. 

The Section (§) is used to mark the smaller divisions of a 
composition or discourse. 

The Dieresis (") placed over the latter of two vowels shows 
that both of them are sounded, and they belong to separate sylla- 
bles. 

The Ellipsis (####) is used to denote the omission of some 
letters, words, sentences or paragraphs. 

The Asterisk or Star (*), Obelisk or Dagger (f), Double 
Dagger ($), Section (§), Parallels (||), and sometimes letters 
and figures, refer to some note or remark in the margin, or at the 
bottom of the page. 

Capital Letters. — The first word of every composition, and 
the first word after a full stop, should commence with a capital 
letter. All the appellations of the Deity * all proper names of 
persons and places ; the names of months and days, and the first 
word in every line of poetry, should commence with a capital 
letter. The pronoun I and the interjection should always be 
capitals. 



THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 




THE LITTLE SPEAKER 

You'd scarce expect a boy like me 

To get up here where all can see, 

And make a speech as well as those 

Who wear the largest kind of clothes. 

I think it was in olden time. 

That some one said in funny rhyme, 

"Tail aches from little toe- corns grow, 

Large screams from little children flow." 

And if that rhymer told the truth, 

Though I am now a little youth, 

Perhaps I '11 make as great a noise , 

As some who are much larger boys. 

I will not speak of Greece and Rome, 

But tell you what I 've learned at home, 

And what was taught me when at school, 

While sitting on a bench or stool ; 

I 've learned to talk, and read, and spell, 

And do n't you think that 's pretty well 

For such a little boy as I ? 

But I must leave you — so good bye. 



158 THE STUDENT'S SPELLER. 



ANNUAL REVOLUTION OF THE EARTH.* 

The earth, at the distance of ninety-five millions 
of miles from the sun, revolves around it once a year, 
describing an annual circuit of about five hundred and 
ninety-seven millions of miles. Hence, this world, 
with all its burden of oceans, seas and continents, must 
move forward about sixty-eight thousand miles an 
hour. 

At every swing of the pendulum we are carried 
nearly nineteen miles through space. Yet the earth 
neither jolts, nor rocks, nor jars ; for the air, the clouds, 
the ocean, the hills and the mountains move with us, 
and we are not sensible of the motion. 

Held in its orbit by the attractive power of the 
sun, and bathed in the light of its controlling lumina- 
ry, the earth sweeps onward and onward in its swift 
career, until it comes back to the point whence it 
started. 

And such is the beauty and perfection of its mo- 
tion, that if it were possible to fix golden rings in the 
path of this moving body, of such diameter as to per- 
mit the earth to pass through with a single hair's 
breadth to spare, this planet would roll onward in its 
course, from century to century, and from age to age, 
passing uniformly and invariably through these gold- 
en rings, with no shadow of variation from its first mo- 
tion. 

Wine is a mocker ; strong drink is raging ; and 
whoso is deceived thereby is not wise. Be not among 
wine-bibbers, among riotous eaters of flesh ; for the 
glutton and the drunkard shall come to poverty, and 
drowsiness shall clothe a man with rags. 

* The picture on the opposite page represents three boys learning to speak. 
That and the article which follows, and this article, are taken from " The Student's 
Speaker," which contains many pretty pieces in prose and poetry, and many good 
dialogues, suitable for young pupils. These articles are inserted here for reading 
lessons, and also to furnish boys with something to speak. 



*- 



i _ ) 

NEW, AND HIGHLY APPROVED SCHOOL BOOKS, 

PUBLISHED BY 



PRATT, WOODFORD & CO. 

New-York, 

AND FOR SALE BY BOOKSELLERS GENERALLY. 



BROCKLESB Y'S METEOROLOGY : which treats of the Winds, Hurricanes, Wa- 
ter Spouts, Rain, Clouds, Dew, Snow, Electricity, (atmospheric,) Rainbows, Me- 
teorites, Aurora Borealis, &c. The Elements of Meteorology is already intro- 
duced into a considerable number of High Schools. It has the cordial recommend- 
ation of Prof. E. Loomis, Prof. D. Olmsted, Prof. B. Silliman, Rev. T. H. Gallau- 
det, J. L. Comstock, M. D., and numerous teachers of the first respectability in 
their profession. 

DODD'S ARITHMETIC : in which have been attempted various improvements 
in arrangement and nomenclature, as well as in the means of securing thorough 
discipline in the principles and application of the science. By Prof. J. B. Dodd, 
of Kentucky. Of this work, R. T. P. Allen. Esq., Supt. Ky. Mil. Institute, says:— 
" I believe it admirably adapted to the purpose of instruction, — in fact, by far the 
most convenient and useable book for teacher and pupil that 1 have seen." Stiles 
French, Esq., Teacher of Mathematical School, New Haven, says : — " I am confi- 
dent that teachers will, on trial, find it to be a book of uncommon excellence." 
Similar testimony, to a larger extent, can be furnished, but teachers will deem this 
sufficient to call their attention to the book. 

AN INTELLECTUAL AND PRACTICAL ARITHMETIC, by J. L. Enos, of Wis- 
consin, is designed to precede the above. 

WHITLOCK'S GEOMETRY AND SURVEYING: an Epitome of Mathematics 
for Practical Men, has received the highest encomiums from Prof. Peirce, and 
many eminent professors. 

Bullions 1 Series of (Srcmtntara, m? M 

PRACTICAL LESSONS IN GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION. 

ANALYTICAL AND PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR. 

THE PRINCIPLES OF LATIN GRAMMAR. 

FIRST LESSONS IN GREEK. 

THE PRINCIPLES OF GREEK GRAMMAR. 

A LATIN READER, WITH NOTES AND VOCABULARY. 

A GREEK READER, WITH NOTES AND VOCABULARY. 

THE FIRST SIX BOOKS OF CESAR'S COMMENTARIES. 

LATIN LESSONS, By George Spencer, A. M. 
This series of books by Rev. P. Bullions, D. D., is used in nearly or quite every 
State in the Union. It is found to be precisely adapted to teaching, and is very 
extensively adopted on the ground of its merits, as it becomes known. The Ana- 
lytical and Practical English Grammar is a recent and very popular production of 
Dr. Bullions, more nearly connected with his series than the "Principles of Eng- 
lish Grammar." 

; 1 * 



OLNEY'S QUARTO GEOGRAPHY. The Maps in this work contain but little 
besides what the pupil is required to learn, consequently it facilitates the progress 
of the pupil, and saves labor on the part of the teacher. This Geography was pre- 
pared at the suggestion of many of the teachers, and is already extensively intro- 
duced from preference. Few books have proved so uniformly acceptable for 
common schools. 

OLNEY'S SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY AND ATLAS. This world-renowned book 
is not behind any of its competitors, in point of execution and accuracy. The 
Atlas is probably superior to any other, and contains a Map of the World as 
known to the Ancients, besides numerous important Tables. The whole work is 
as complete and correct as a new book, and will continue to maintain its charac- 
ter, though alterations will be avoided as far as possible. 

OLNEY'S OUTLINE MAPS, AND OLNEY'S PRIMARY GEOGRAPHY, are 
intended for young pupils, by the same author. 

BENTLEY'S PICTORIAL SPELLING BOOK. A beautifully illustrated and 
highly attractive book for children. 

GALLAUDET'S ILLUSTRATIVE DEFINER. The best book for teaching the 
right use of words, and the art of composition. 

KIRKHAM'S EXERCISES IN ELOCUTION. 

THE STUDENT'S PRIMER, by J. S. Denman. Being on a plan somewhat new, 
this Primer has obtained great popularity. 

THE STUDENT'S SPEAKER, for young pupils. 

THE STUDENT'S SPELLING-BOOK, on the Analytical plan, by the author of the 
u Student's Primer." 

THE WORKS OF VIRGIL, WITH COPIOUS NOTES, &c: also, a Table of 
Reference. By Rev. J. G. Cooper, A. M. 

(tomstock's Series of 23ooks of tfje Sciences, t>i}. f 

INTRODUCTION TO NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, for children. 

SYSTEM OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, revised and enlarged. 

NEW ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY. 

THE YOUNG BOTANIST, for beginners, with cuts. 

ELEMENTS OF BOTANY AND VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY, with cuts. 

OUTLINES OF PHYSIOLOGY, both comparative and human. 

(NEW) ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY. 

ELEMENTS OF MINERALOGY. 

NATURAL HISTORY OF BEASTS AND BIRDS, showing their compara- 
tive size, and containing anecdotes, illustrating their habits and instincts. 
The immense sale of Dr. Comstock's books, renders it probable that they are 
familiar to most teachers. They are so admirably adapted to the school-room, that 
the " Philosophy " has been republished in several European countries. Revised 
editions of several of these works have been recently issued, including late discov- 
eries and improvements. 

The publications of P., W. & Co. are well printed, and neatly and substantially 
bound. They are also furnished at low prices. 

P., W. & Co. have always for sale an assortment of School and Miscellaneous 
Books, Blank Books, Paper, Pens, and Stationery, suited to the wants of Country 
Loalers. 



I ill? 



-» 













e«i> 








W 







^ 




v> • •*** ^v 

-«- J> \ v*BK* ** ^ 



. ** ^ »^ 




*bv° 








* ^j» * 



^ 







cr o"*°« % 4? .-" ^ -* -■- 

<s* 4k •^frf? Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process. 
* ji&! Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide 
Treatment Date: Oct. 2006 

^ v* PreservationTechnologies 

V^ % A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 

«r 111 Thomson Park Drive 

# ^ Cranberry Township, PA 16066 

r < (724)779-2111 




• ^ V "V 



.4><V 














0» #, 








V** 























\m 



\Vr» /£ 



5> ^k 




^0 





